1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1777.2.6 2006/06/05 22:32:41 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14 10 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to 11 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow, 12 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This 13 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7() 14 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to 15 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength. 16 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to 17 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this 18 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further. 19 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness. 20 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for 21 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g., 22 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli. 23 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase) 24 a df file might have been left behind in the queue. 25 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O 26 layer made in 8.13.6. 27 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a 28 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD 29 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/ 30 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives", 31 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen. 32 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments 33 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those. 34 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases 35 to avoid those false positives. 36 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration 37 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid 38 files were not removed. 39 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP 40 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem 41 reported by Akihiro Sagawa. 42 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding 43 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against 44 either of these versions and compression is available, 45 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on 46 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley. 47 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used 48 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups, 49 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid 50 further problems, no default value is available anymore, 51 but an argument must be specified. 52 Portability: 53 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from 54 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah. 55 568.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 57 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 58 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 59 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 60 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 61 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 62 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 63 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 64 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 65 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 66 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 67 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 68 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 69 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 70 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 71 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 72 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 73 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 74 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 75 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 76 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 77 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 78 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 79 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 80 A. Earickson of Colby College. 81 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 82 Myers of Proofpoint. 83 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 84 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 85 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 86 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 87 resume a stored TLS session. 88 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 89 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 90 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 91 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 92 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 93 Sun Microsystems. 94 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 95 This generates an error message from libmilter on 96 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 97 request silently. 98 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 99 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 100 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 101 Services. 102 Portability: 103 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 104 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 105 Andrew Brown. 106 1078.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 108 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 109 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 110 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 111 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 112 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 113 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 114 than the base directory. 115 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 116 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 117 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 118 Werner Wiethege. 119 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 120 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 121 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 122 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 123 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 124 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 125 University. 126 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 127 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 128 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 129 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 130 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 131 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 132 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 133 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 134 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 135 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 136 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 137 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 138 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 139 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 140 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 141 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 142 source code. 143 Add support for AIX 5.3. 144 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 145 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 146 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 147 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 148 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 149 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 150 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 151 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 152 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 153 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 154 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 155 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 156 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 157 by Mike Pechkin. 158 New Files: 159 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 160 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 161 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 162 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 163 include/sm/time.h 164 1658.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 166 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 167 different error which could result in connections that 168 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 169 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 170 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 171 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 172 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 173 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 174 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 175 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 176 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 177 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 178 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 179 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 180 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 181 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 182 and bounce generation. 183 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 184 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 185 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 186 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 187 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 188 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 189 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 190 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 191 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 192 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 193 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 194 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 195 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 196 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 197 by Joe Maimon. 198 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 199 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 200 on patch by Brian Kantor. 201 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 202 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 203 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 204 Portability: 205 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 206 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 207 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 208 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 209 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 210 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 211 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 212 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 213 University of Bremen. 214 New Files: 215 include/sm/sem.h 216 libsm/sem.c 217 libsm/t-sem.c 218 2198.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 220 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 221 is active. 222 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 223 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 224 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 225 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 226 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 227 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 228 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 229 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 230 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 231 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 232 2338.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 234 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 235 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 236 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 237 Simple Nomad of BindView. 238 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 239 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 240 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 241 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 242 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 243 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 244 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 245 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 246 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 247 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 248 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 249 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 250 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 251 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 252 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 253 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 254 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 255 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 256 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 257 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 258 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 259 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 260 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 261 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 262 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 263 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 264 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 265 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 266 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 267 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 268 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 269 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 270 noted by Nelson Fung. 271 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 272 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 273 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 274 by Nelson Fung. 275 Portability: 276 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 277 New Files: 278 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 279 devtools/OS/DragonFly 280 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 281 Deleted Files: 282 libsm/vsscanf.c 283 2848.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 285 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 286 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 287 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 288 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 289 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 290 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 291 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 292 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 293 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 294 by David Russell. 295 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 296 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 297 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 298 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 299 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 300 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 301 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 302 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 303 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 304 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 305 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 306 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 307 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 308 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 309 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 310 Bielefeld. 311 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 312 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 313 Portability: 314 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 315 noted by Geoff Adams. 316 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 317 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 318 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 319 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 320 incompatibilities with various *roff related 321 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 322 New Files: 323 doc/op/README 324 3258.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 326 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 327 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 328 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 329 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 330 University. 331 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 332 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 333 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 334 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 335 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 336 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 337 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 338 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 339 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 340 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 341 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 342 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 343 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 344 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 345 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 346 of cf/README for more information. 347 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 348 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 349 the LDAP library. 350 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 351 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 352 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 353 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 354 library supports it. 355 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 356 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 357 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 358 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 359 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 360 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 361 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 362 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 363 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 364 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 365 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 366 determines the length of the interval for which the 367 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 368 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 369 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 370 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 371 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 372 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 373 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 374 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 375 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 376 during that connection. 377 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 378 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 379 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 380 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 381 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 382 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 383 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 384 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 385 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 386 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 387 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 388 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 389 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 390 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 391 sendmail. 392 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 393 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 394 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 395 Mines de Paris. 396 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 397 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 398 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 399 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 400 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 401 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 402 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 403 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 404 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 405 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 406 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 407 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 408 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 409 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 410 by Sander Eerkes. 411 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 412 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 413 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 414 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 415 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 416 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 417 operates on lost queue items. 418 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 419 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 420 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 421 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 422 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 423 quarantine reason. 424 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 425 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 426 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 427 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 428 "QUARANTINE:". 429 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 430 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 431 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 432 be used for the quarantine reason. 433 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 434 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 435 message if it is quarantined. 436 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 437 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 438 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 439 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 440 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 441 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 442 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 443 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 444 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 445 recipients received so far in a transaction. 446 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 447 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 448 noted by Kai Schlichting. 449 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 450 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 451 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 452 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 453 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 454 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 455 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 456 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 457 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 458 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 459 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 460 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 461 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 462 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 463 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 464 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 465 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 466 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 467 of the University of Manitoba. 468 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 469 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 470 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 471 is active. 472 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 473 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 474 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 475 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 476 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 477 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 478 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 479 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 480 overwrite each other's pid files. 481 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 482 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 483 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 484 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 485 LogLevel 12 or higher. 486 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 487 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 488 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 489 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 490 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 491 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 492 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 493 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 494 of Sun Microsystems. 495 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 496 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 497 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 498 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 499 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 500 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 501 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 502 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 503 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 504 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 505 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 506 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 507 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 508 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 509 further information. 510 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 511 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 512 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 513 queue return and warning times for delivery status 514 notifications. 515 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 516 at all. 517 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 518 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 519 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 520 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 521 for DaemonPortOptions. 522 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 523 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 524 of Northern Illinois University. 525 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 526 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 527 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 528 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 529 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 530 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 531 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 532 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 533 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 534 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 535 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 536 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 537 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 538 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 539 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 540 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 541 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 542 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 543 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 544 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 545 HOSTALIASES. 546 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 547 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 548 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 549 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 550 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 551 Oleg Bulyzhin. 552 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 553 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 554 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 555 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 556 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 557 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 558 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 559 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 560 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 561 Portability: 562 Two new compile options have been added: 563 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 564 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 565 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 566 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 567 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 568 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 569 programs to match locking techniques. 570 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 571 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 572 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 573 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 574 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 575 Center for Scientific Computing. 576 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 577 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 578 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 579 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 580 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 581 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 582 from Mark Funkenhauser. 583 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 584 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 585 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 586 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 587 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 588 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 589 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 590 of Northern Illinois University. 591 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 592 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 593 the message using the given reason. 594 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 595 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 596 DNS records than just A. 597 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 598 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 599 connections is maintained. 600 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 601 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 602 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 603 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 604 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 605 slamming protection described above. The feature can 606 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 607 use the access database to look the pause time based on 608 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 609 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 610 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 611 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 612 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 613 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 614 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 615 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 616 interval when refusing connections for this long. 617 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 618 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 619 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 620 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 621 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 622 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 623 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 624 to follow the naming conventions. 625 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 626 the A= argument. 627 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 628 local_lmtp. 629 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 630 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 631 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 632 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 633 its rules. 634 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 635 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 636 status notifications. 637 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 638 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 639 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 640 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 641 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 642 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 643 doc/op/op.me. 644 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 645 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 646 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 647 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 648 certificate revocations lists. 649 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 650 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 651 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 652 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 653 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 654 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 655 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 656 for more information. 657 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 658 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 659 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 660 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 661 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 662 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 663 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 664 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 665 of LifeLine Networks. 666 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 667 Derek J. Balling. 668 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 669 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 670 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 671 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 672 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 673 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 674 Filters which use this function must include the 675 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 676 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 677 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 678 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 679 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 680 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 681 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 682 resetting the timeout. 683 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 684 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 685 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 686 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 687 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 688 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 689 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 690 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 691 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 692 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 693 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 694 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 695 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 696 from Bryan Costales. 697 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 698 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 699 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 700 amendments to support header insertion operations. 701 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 702 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 703 Informations Services. 704 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 705 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 706 instead of '#'. 707 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 708 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 709 headers. 710 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 711 for the auto-response message. 712 New Files: 713 CACerts 714 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 715 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 716 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 717 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 718 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 719 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 720 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 721 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 722 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 723 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 724 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 725 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 726 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 727 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 728 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 729 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 730 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 731 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 732 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 733 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 734 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 735 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 736 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 737 sendmail/ratectrl.c 738 Deleted Files: 739 cf/feature/nodns.m4 740 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 741 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 742 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 743 libsm/vsprintf.c 744 Renamed Files: 745 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 746 7478.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 748 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 749 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 750 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 751 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 752 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 753 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 754 Techfirm, Inc. 755 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 756 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 757 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 758 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 759 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 760 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 761 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 762 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 763 recipient address also against the printable addresses 764 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 765 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 766 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 767 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 768 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 769 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 770 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 771 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 772 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 773 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 774 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 775 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 776 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 777 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 778 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 779 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 780 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 781 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 782 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 783 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 784 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 785 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 786 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 787 external application that accesses qf files. 788 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 789 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 790 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 791 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 792 Breyha. 793 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 794 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 795 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 796 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 797 environment. 798 Portability: 799 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 800 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 801 Sun Microsystems. 802 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 803 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 804 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 805 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 806 New Files: 807 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 808 8098.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 810 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 811 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 812 of Courtesan Consulting. 813 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 814 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 815 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 816 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 817 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 818 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 819 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 820 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 821 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 822 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 823 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 824 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 825 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 826 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 827 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 828 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 829 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 830 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 831 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 832 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 833 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 834 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 835 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 836 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 837 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 838 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 839 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 840 to make sure they match. 841 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 842 in the kernel. 843 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 844 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 845 Bart Duchesne. 846 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 847 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 848 Craig Hunt. 849 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 850 from Jerome Borsboom. 851 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 852 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 853 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 854 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 855 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 856 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 857 after the close() and before the truncate(). 858 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 859 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 860 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 861 Portability: 862 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 863 of Washington for providing access to a computer 864 with AIX 5.2. 865 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 866 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 867 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 868 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 869 of Harker Systems. 870 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 871 your Linux distribution, compile with 872 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 873 Added Files: 874 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 875 8768.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 877 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 878 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 879 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 880 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 881 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 882 includes DNS. 883 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 884 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 885 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 886 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 887 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 888 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 889 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 890 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 891 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 892 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 893 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 894 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 895 by Derek Wueppelmann. 896 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 897 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 898 College London. 899 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 900 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 901 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 902 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 903 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 904 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 905 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 906 text file instead of the database map. 907 Portability: 908 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 909 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 910 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 911 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 912 9138.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 914 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 915 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 916 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 917 of ISS X-Force. 918 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 919 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 920 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 921 Stanford University Compilation Group. 922 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 923 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 924 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 925 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 926 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 927 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 928 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 929 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 930 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 931 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 932 9338.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 934 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 935 across various connections. This could cause session 936 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 937 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 938 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 939 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 940 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 941 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 942 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 943 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 944 Erik Parker. 945 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 946 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 947 is used. 948 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 949 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 950 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 951 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 952 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 953 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 954 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 955 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 956 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 957 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 958 of 11 or higher. 959 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 960 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 961 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 962 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 963 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 964 to be run even if Runners=0. 965 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 966 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 967 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 968 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 969 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 970 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 971 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 972 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 973 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 974 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 975 by John Majikes of IBM. 976 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 977 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 978 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 979 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 980 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 981 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 982 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 983 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 984 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 985 noted by Matthias Andree. 986 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 987 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 988 Portability: 989 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 990 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 991 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 992 an argument, hence the builtin version of 993 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 994 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 995 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 996 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 997 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 998 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 999 of the TrustedBSD Project. 1000 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 1001 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 1002 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 1003 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 1004 Corporation. 1005 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 1006 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 1007 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 1008 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 1009 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 1010 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 1011 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 1012 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 1013 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 1014 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 1015 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 1016 in the file itself. 1017 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 1018 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 1019 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 1020 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1021 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 1022 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 1023 relay. 1024 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 1025 in access_db. 1026 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 1027 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 1028 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 1029 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 1030 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 1031 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 1032 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1033 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1034 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1035 Sun Microsystems. 1036 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 1037 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1038 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1039 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1040 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1041 New Files: 1042 devtools/OS/Interix 1043 include/sm/bdb.h 1044 10458.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 1046 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1047 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1048 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1049 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1050 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1051 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1052 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1053 Courtesan Consulting. 1054 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1055 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1056 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1057 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1058 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1059 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1060 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1061 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1062 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1063 Earickson of Colby College. 1064 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1065 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1066 Courtesan Consulting. 1067 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1068 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1069 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1070 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1071 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1072 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1073 execve(). 1074 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1075 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1076 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1077 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1078 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1079 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1080 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1081 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1082 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1083 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1084 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1085 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1086 Portability: 1087 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1088 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1089 fix from Scott Walters. 1090 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1091 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1092 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1093 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1094 NETISO support has been dropped. 1095 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1096 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1097 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1098 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1099 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1100 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1101 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1102 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1103 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1104 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1105 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1106 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1107 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1108 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1109 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1110 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1111 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1112 University. 1113 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1114 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1115 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1116 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1117 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1118 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1119 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1120 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1121 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1122 New Files: 1123 contrib/etrn.0 1124 11258.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1126 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1127 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1128 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1129 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1130 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1131 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1132 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1133 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1134 with rogue DNS servers. 1135 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1136 by Bryan Costales. 1137 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1138 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1139 Costales. 1140 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1141 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1142 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1143 Polytechnic Institute. 1144 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1145 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1146 Portability: 1147 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1148 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1149 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1150 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1151 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1152 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1153 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1154 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1155 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1156 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1157 related programs to match locking techniques. 1158 11598.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1160 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1161 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1162 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1163 section of the top level README for more information. 1164 Problem noted by lumpy. 1165 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1166 instead of 0644. 1167 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1168 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1169 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1170 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1171 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1172 Purdue University. 1173 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1174 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1175 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1176 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1177 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1178 of Active State. 1179 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1180 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1181 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1182 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1183 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1184 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1185 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1186 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1187 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1188 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1189 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1190 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1191 or the queue. 1192 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1193 user who started sendmail. 1194 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1195 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1196 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1197 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1198 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1199 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1200 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1201 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1202 Portability: 1203 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1204 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1205 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1206 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1207 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1208 Charles University in Prague. 1209 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1210 memory. 1211 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1212 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1213 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1214 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1215 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1216 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1217 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1218 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1219 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1220 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1221 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1222 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1223 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1224 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1225 noted by Bryan Costales. 1226 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1227 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1228 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1229 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1230 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1231 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1232 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1233 match dnsbl change. 1234 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1235 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1236 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1237 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1238 a user's filter starts other applications. 1239 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1240 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1241 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1242 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1243 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1244 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1245 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1246 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1247 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1248 noted by Bryan Costales. 1249 New Files: 1250 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1251 12528.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1253 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1254 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1255 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1256 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1257 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1258 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1259 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1260 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1261 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1262 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1263 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1264 University. 1265 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1266 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1267 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1268 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1269 of INTERMETA. 1270 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1271 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1272 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1273 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1274 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1275 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1276 ActiveState. 1277 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1278 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1279 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1280 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1281 Northern Illinois University. 1282 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1283 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1284 of Dinoex. 1285 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1286 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1287 Polytechnic Institute. 1288 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1289 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1290 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1291 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1292 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1293 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1294 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1295 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1296 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1297 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1298 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1299 missing arguments. 1300 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1301 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1302 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1303 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1304 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1305 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1306 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1307 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1308 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1309 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1310 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1311 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1312 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1313 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1314 of Concordia University. 1315 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1316 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1317 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1318 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1319 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1320 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1321 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1322 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1323 Elvers. 1324 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1325 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1326 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1327 total number of TCP connections. 1328 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1329 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1330 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1331 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1332 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1333 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1334 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1335 Texas. 1336 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1337 to 451. 1338 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1339 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1340 patch by Bryan Costales. 1341 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1342 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1343 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1344 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1345 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1346 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1347 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1348 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1349 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1350 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1351 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1352 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1353 command). 1354 Portability: 1355 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1356 available. 1357 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1358 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1359 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1360 Skyrr. 1361 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1362 noted by John Beck. 1363 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1364 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1365 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1366 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1367 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1368 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1369 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1370 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1371 error. 1372 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1373 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1374 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1375 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1376 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1377 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1378 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1379 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1380 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1381 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1382 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1383 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1384 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1385 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1386 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1387 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1388 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1389 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1390 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1391 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1392 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1393 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1394 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1395 noted by John Beck. 1396 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1397 if queue groups are used. 1398 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1399 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1400 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1401 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1402 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1403 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1404 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1405 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1406 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1407 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1408 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1409 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1410 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1411 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1412 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1413 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1414 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1415 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1416 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1417 ldap_memfree(). 1418 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1419 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1420 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1421 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1422 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1423 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1424 San Francisco. 1425 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1426 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1427 Joe Barbish. 1428 New Files: 1429 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1430 14318.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1432 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1433 at startup, only log an error message. 1434 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1435 following -b) has been specified. 1436 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1437 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1438 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1439 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1440 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1441 Regensburg. 1442 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1443 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1444 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1445 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1446 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1447 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1448 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1449 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1450 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1451 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1452 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1453 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1454 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1455 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1456 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1457 SMTP connections. 1458 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1459 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1460 and Technology. 1461 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1462 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1463 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1464 Meteorological Institute. 1465 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1466 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1467 Online. 1468 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1469 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1470 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1471 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1472 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1473 types, respectively. 1474 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1475 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1476 of Virginia Tech. 1477 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1478 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1479 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1480 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1481 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1482 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1483 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1484 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1485 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1486 of Vienna. 1487 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1488 of Sun Microsystems. 1489 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1490 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1491 with servers that do not support realms when using 1492 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1493 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1494 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1495 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1496 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1497 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1498 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1499 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1500 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1501 instead of forcing localhost. 1502 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1503 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1504 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1505 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1506 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1507 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1508 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1509 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1510 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1511 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1512 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1513 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1514 Compaq Computer Corp. 1515 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1516 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1517 Tech. 1518 Portability: 1519 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1520 patch provided by HP. 1521 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1522 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1523 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1524 Sachin of Siemens. 1525 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1526 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1527 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1528 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1529 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1530 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1531 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1532 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1533 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1534 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1535 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1536 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1537 Hewlett-Packard. 1538 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1539 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1540 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1541 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1542 Virginia Tech. 1543 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1544 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1545 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1546 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1547 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1548 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1549 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1550 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1551 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1552 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1553 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1554 Florida. 1555 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1556 Altin Waldmann. 1557 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1558 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1559 Hewlett-Packard. 1560 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1561 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1562 of MSFU. 1563 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1564 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1565 Institute. 1566 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1567 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1568 to free memory twice. 1569 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1570 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1571 of Sun Microsystems. 1572 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1573 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1574 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1575 University of Athens. 1576 New Files: 1577 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1578 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1579 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1580 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1581 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1582 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1583 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1584 libsm/mpeix.c 1585 15868.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1587 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1588 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1589 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1590 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1591 found by Michal Zalewski. 1592 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1593 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1594 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1595 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1596 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1597 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1598 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1599 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1600 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1601 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1602 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1603 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1604 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1605 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1606 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1607 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 1608 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 1609 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1610 canonical name for a host. 1611 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 1612 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 1613 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 1614 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 1615 Portability: 1616 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 1617 `uname` does not given complete information. 1618 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 1619 Aircraft Company. 1620 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 1621 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 1622 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 1623 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1624 Courtesan Consulting. 1625 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 1626 problems with potential misconfigurations. 1627 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 1628 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 1629 Technology Organisation of Australia. 1630 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 1631 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 1632 then use it. 1633 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 1634 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 1635 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 1636 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1637 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1638 and vacation. 1639 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1640 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1641 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1642 New Files: 1643 test/Build 1644 test/Makefile 1645 test/Makefile.m4 1646 test/README 1647 test/t_dropgid.c 1648 test/t_setgid.c 1649 Deleted Files: 1650 include/sm/stdio.h 1651 include/sm/sysstat.h 1652 16538.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 1654 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 1655 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 1656 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 1657 default). The installation process tries to install 1658 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 1659 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 1660 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 1661 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 1662 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 1663 flags: 1664 GroupWritableForwardFile 1665 WorldWritableForwardFile 1666 GroupWritableIncludeFile 1667 WorldWritableIncludeFile 1668 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 1669 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 1670 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1671 (IdS). 1672 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 1673 point where the variable could become overused for more than 1674 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 1675 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 1676 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 1677 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 1678 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 1679 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 1680 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 1681 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 1682 see sendmail/SECURITY. 1683 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 1684 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1685 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 1686 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 1687 sendmail/SECURITY. 1688 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 1689 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 1690 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 1691 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 1692 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 1693 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 1694 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 1695 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 1696 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 1697 command has been removed. 1698 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 1699 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 1700 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 1701 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 1702 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 1703 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 1704 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 1705 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 1706 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 1707 supported. 1708 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 1709 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 1710 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 1711 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 1712 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 1713 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 1714 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 1715 creation rather than just before delivery. 1716 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 1717 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 1718 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 1719 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 1720 preference matches (coattail). 1721 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 1722 try other MX hosts if available. 1723 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 1724 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 1725 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 1726 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 1727 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 1728 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 1729 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 1730 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 1731 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 1732 removed in future versions. 1733 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 1734 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 1735 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 1736 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 1737 doc/op/op.me for details. 1738 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 1739 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 1740 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 1741 of the presented certificate, respectively. 1742 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 1743 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 1744 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1745 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 1746 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 1747 enough on a per recipient basis. 1748 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 1749 for STARTTLS. 1750 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 1751 value "NOT". 1752 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 1753 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 1754 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 1755 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1756 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 1757 really required. This change results in a noticable 1758 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 1759 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 1760 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 1761 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1762 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 1763 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 1764 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 1765 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 1766 command line, then the value also limits the number of 1767 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 1768 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 1769 by a queue run. 1770 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 1771 system each queue directory resides in. 1772 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 1773 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 1774 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 1775 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 1776 collected together) to process the same work list at the 1777 same time. 1778 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 1779 active queue runner processes. 1780 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 1781 runners per queue group. 1782 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 1783 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 1784 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 1785 of the queue that match during processing. 1786 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 1787 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 1788 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 1789 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 1790 persistent queue runner. 1791 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 1792 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 1793 sendmail -q15m). 1794 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 1795 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1796 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 1797 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 1798 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 1799 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 1800 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 1801 of the qf file (older entries first). 1802 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 1803 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 1804 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 1805 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 1806 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 1807 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 1808 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 1809 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 1810 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 1811 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 1812 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 1813 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 1814 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 1815 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1816 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 1817 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 1818 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 1819 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 1820 details. 1821 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 1822 the number of entries in the queue(s). 1823 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 1824 and the usual documentation for details. 1825 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 1826 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 1827 announced in 8.10. 1828 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 1829 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 1830 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 1831 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1832 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 1833 -r (number of retries). 1834 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 1835 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 1836 and value separated by the given separator. 1837 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 1838 to map class arith. 1839 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 1840 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 1841 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 1842 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 1843 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 1844 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 1845 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 1846 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 1847 filenames with spaces). 1848 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 1849 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 1850 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 1851 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 1852 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 1853 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 1854 to the loopback net. 1855 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 1856 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 1857 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1858 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 1859 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 1860 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 1861 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 1862 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 1863 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 1864 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 1865 Development Group. 1866 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1867 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1868 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1869 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1870 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1871 load average is exceeded. 1872 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1873 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1874 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1875 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1876 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1877 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1878 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1879 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1880 instead. 1881 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1882 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1883 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1884 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1885 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1886 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1887 for direct (command line) submissions. 1888 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1889 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1890 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1891 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1892 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1893 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1894 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1895 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1896 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1897 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1898 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1899 before logging. 1900 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1901 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1902 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1903 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1904 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1905 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1906 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1907 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1908 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1909 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1910 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1911 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1912 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1913 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1914 See libsm/index.html for details. 1915 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1916 care of by fork() and exit(). 1917 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1918 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1919 new and old (from new libsm). 1920 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1921 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1922 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1923 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1924 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1925 synchronizations calls. 1926 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1927 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1928 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1929 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1930 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1931 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1932 for details. 1933 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1934 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1935 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1936 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1937 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1938 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1939 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1940 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1941 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1942 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1943 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1944 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1945 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1946 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1947 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1948 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1949 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1950 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1951 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1952 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1953 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1954 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1955 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1956 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1957 Urbana-Champaign. 1958 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1959 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1960 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1961 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1962 connections. 1963 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1964 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1965 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1966 cf/README. 1967 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1968 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1969 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1970 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1971 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1972 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1973 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1974 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1975 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1976 example). 1977 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1978 the default schema used in the above two items. 1979 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1980 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1981 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1982 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1983 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1984 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1985 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1986 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1987 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1988 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1989 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1990 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1991 HELO/EHLO commands. 1992 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1993 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1994 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1995 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1996 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1997 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1998 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1999 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 2000 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 2001 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 2002 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 2003 (verbose) command line option. 2004 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 2005 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 2006 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 2007 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2008 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 2009 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 2010 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2011 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 2012 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 2013 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 2014 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 2015 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 2016 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 2017 British Columbia. 2018 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 2019 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 2020 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 2021 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2022 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 2023 if required. 2024 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 2025 class instead. 2026 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 2027 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 2028 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 2029 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 2030 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 2031 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 2032 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 2033 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 2034 Nelson of IBM. 2035 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 2036 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 2037 configurable during compile time. The current values and 2038 their defaults are: 2039 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 2040 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 2041 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 2042 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 2043 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 2044 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 2045 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2046 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2047 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2048 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2049 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2050 Meteorological Institute. 2051 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2052 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2053 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2054 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2055 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2056 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2057 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2058 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2059 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2060 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2061 See sendmail/README for further information. 2062 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2063 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2064 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2065 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2066 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2067 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2068 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2069 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2070 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2071 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2072 flora.ca. 2073 Portability: 2074 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2075 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2076 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2077 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2078 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2079 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2080 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2081 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2082 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2083 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2084 Solaris 8 and later. 2085 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2086 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2087 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2088 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2089 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2090 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2091 temporary lookup failures. 2092 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2093 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2094 or IP nets. 2095 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2096 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2097 to get through. 2098 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2099 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2100 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2101 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2102 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2103 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2104 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2105 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2106 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2107 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2108 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2109 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2110 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2111 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2112 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2113 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2114 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2115 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2116 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2117 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2118 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2119 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2120 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2121 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2122 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2123 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2124 cf/README for details. 2125 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2126 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2127 University of Maryland. 2128 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2129 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2130 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2131 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2132 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2133 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2134 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2135 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2136 Solving. 2137 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2138 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2139 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2140 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2141 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2142 immediately. 2143 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2144 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2145 See cf/README for details. 2146 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2147 temporary lookup failures. 2148 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2149 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2150 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2151 memory use. 2152 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2153 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2154 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2155 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2156 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2157 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2158 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2159 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2160 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2161 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2162 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2163 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2164 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2165 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2166 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2167 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2168 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2169 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2170 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2171 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2172 additional details. 2173 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2174 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2175 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2176 information. 2177 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2178 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2179 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2180 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2181 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2182 recipients as user unknown. 2183 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2184 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2185 section of cf/README for more information. 2186 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2187 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2188 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2189 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2190 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2191 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2192 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2193 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2194 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2195 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2196 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2197 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2198 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2199 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2200 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2201 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2202 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2203 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2204 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2205 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2206 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2207 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2208 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2209 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2210 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2211 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2212 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2213 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2214 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2215 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2216 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2217 doc/op/op.me for details. 2218 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2219 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2220 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2221 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2222 dequote map. 2223 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2224 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2225 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2226 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2227 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2228 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2229 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2230 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2231 This affects the access database as well as the 2232 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2233 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2234 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2235 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2236 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2237 Mississippi State University. 2238 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2239 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2240 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2241 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2242 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2243 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2244 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2245 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2246 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2247 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2248 systems which don't include cat directories. 2249 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2250 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2251 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2252 mailbox database type. 2253 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2254 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2255 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2256 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2257 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2258 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2259 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2260 instead of white space. 2261 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2262 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2263 Meteorological Institute. 2264 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2265 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2266 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2267 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2268 instead of syslog. 2269 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2270 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2271 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2272 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2273 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2274 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2275 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2276 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2277 New Directories: 2278 libmilter/docs 2279 New Files: 2280 cf/cf/README 2281 cf/cf/submit.cf 2282 cf/cf/submit.mc 2283 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2284 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2285 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2286 cf/feature/msp.m4 2287 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2288 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2289 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2290 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2291 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2292 cf/sendmail.schema 2293 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2294 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2295 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2296 editmap/* 2297 include/sm/* 2298 libsm/* 2299 libsmutil/cf.c 2300 libsmutil/err.c 2301 sendmail/SECURITY 2302 sendmail/TUNING 2303 sendmail/bf.c 2304 sendmail/bf.h 2305 sendmail/sasl.c 2306 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2307 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2308 sendmail/tls.c 2309 Deleted Files: 2310 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2311 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2312 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2313 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2314 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2315 include/sendmail/useful.h 2316 libsmutil/errstring.c 2317 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2318 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2319 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2320 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2321 sendmail/clock.c 2322 Renamed Files: 2323 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2324 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2325 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2326 23278.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2328 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2329 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2330 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2331 of ISS X-Force. 2332 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2333 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2334 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2335 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2336 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2337 includes DNS. 2338 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2339 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2340 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2341 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2342 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2343 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2344 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2345 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2346 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2347 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2348 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2349 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2350 across various connections. This could cause session 2351 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2352 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2353 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2354 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2355 canonical name for a host. 2356 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2357 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2358 or the queue. 2359 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2360 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2361 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2362 Polytechnic Institute. 2363 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2364 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2365 Purdue University. 2366 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2367 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2368 Texas. 2369 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2370 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2371 error. 2372 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2373 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2374 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2375 and vacation. 2376 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2377 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2378 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2379 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2380 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2381 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2382 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2383 Sun Microsystems. 2384 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2385 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2386 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2387 23888.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2389 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2390 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2391 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2392 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2393 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2394 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2395 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2396 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2397 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2398 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2399 Werner Wiethege. 2400 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2401 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2402 24038.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2404 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2405 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2406 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2407 of SE Netway Communications. 2408 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2409 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2410 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2411 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2412 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2413 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2414 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2415 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2416 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2417 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2418 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2419 University College. 2420 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2421 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2422 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2423 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2424 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2425 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2426 University at Albany. 2427 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2428 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2429 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2430 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2431 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2432 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2433 Portability: 2434 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2435 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2436 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2437 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2438 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2439 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2440 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2441 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2442 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2443 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2444 24458.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2446 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2447 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2448 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2449 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2450 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2451 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2452 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2453 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2454 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2455 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2456 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2457 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2458 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2459 from Kenji Miyake. 2460 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2461 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2462 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2463 the same map again while exiting. 2464 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2465 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2466 of Tuebingen. 2467 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2468 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2469 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2470 Oklahoma State University. 2471 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2472 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2473 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2474 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2475 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2476 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2477 Morgan Stanley. 2478 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2479 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2480 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2481 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2482 from Werner Wiethege. 2483 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2484 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2485 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2486 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2487 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2488 Internet Services. 2489 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2490 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2491 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2492 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2493 Portability: 2494 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2495 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2496 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2497 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2498 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2499 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2500 Meteorological Institute. 2501 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2502 since it generates random process ids. 2503 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2504 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2505 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2506 New Files: 2507 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2508 25098.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2510 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2511 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2512 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2513 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2514 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2515 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2516 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2517 communications consulting gmbh. 2518 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2519 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2520 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2521 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2522 connection came in from the command line. 2523 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2524 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2525 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2526 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2527 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2528 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2529 when they were committed. 2530 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2531 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2532 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2533 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2534 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2535 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2536 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2537 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2538 University. 2539 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2540 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2541 accept() completes. 2542 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2543 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2544 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2545 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2546 Wellcome. 2547 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2548 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2549 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2550 University. 2551 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2552 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2553 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2554 University of New Brunswick. 2555 Portability: 2556 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2557 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2558 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2559 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2560 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2561 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2562 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2563 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2564 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2565 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2566 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2567 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2568 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2569 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2570 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2571 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2572 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2573 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2574 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2575 Institute. 2576 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2577 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2578 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2579 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2580 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2581 Renamed Files: 2582 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2583 25848.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2585 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2586 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2587 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2588 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2589 Schools" project (IdS). 2590 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2591 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2592 be enabled by compiling with: 2593 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2594 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2595 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2596 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2597 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2598 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2599 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2600 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2601 Colby College. 2602 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2603 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2604 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2605 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2606 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2607 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 2608 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 2609 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 2610 NxNetworks, Inc. 2611 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 2612 client name. 2613 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 2614 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 2615 the Universitat Regensburg. 2616 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 2617 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 2618 University of Arizona. 2619 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 2620 of Collective Technologies. 2621 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 2622 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 2623 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 2624 Engineering. 2625 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 2626 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2627 Meteorological Institute. 2628 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2629 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2630 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2631 Meteorological Institute. 2632 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 2633 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 2634 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 2635 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2636 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 2637 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 2638 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 2639 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 2640 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 2641 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 2642 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 2643 overall connections, not the number of connections per 2644 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 2645 counting. 2646 Portability: 2647 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 2648 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 2649 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 2650 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 2651 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 2652 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 2653 Rosenman. 2654 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2655 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2656 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 2657 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 2658 of Pacific Access. 2659 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 2660 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2661 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 2662 Microsystems. 2663 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 2664 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 2665 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2666 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 2667 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 2668 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 2669 implicitly assume canonical host names. 2670 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 2671 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2672 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 2673 Virginia Tech. 2674 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 2675 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 2676 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2677 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 2678 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 2679 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 2680 gmbh. 2681 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 2682 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2683 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 2684 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 2685 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 2686 of Kyoto University. 2687 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 2688 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 2689 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 2690 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 2691 version. 2692 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 2693 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2694 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2695 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 2696 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 2697 or *-owner. 2698 New Files: 2699 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 2700 contrib/buildvirtuser 2701 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 2702 27038.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 2704 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 2705 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2706 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 2707 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 2708 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 2709 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 2710 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2711 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 2712 wildcards. 2713 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 2714 process may close the connection before the child process 2715 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 2716 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 2717 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2718 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 2719 read the LDAP secret from a file. 2720 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 2721 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 2722 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 2723 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2724 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 2725 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 2726 of EarthLink. 2727 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 2728 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 2729 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 2730 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2731 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 2732 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2733 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 2734 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 2735 Fournier of Acadia University. 2736 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 2737 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 2738 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 2739 one of the others may be able to take over. 2740 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 2741 previous load average query result. 2742 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 2743 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 2744 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 2745 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2746 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 2747 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 2748 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 2749 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 2750 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2751 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 2752 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 2753 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 2754 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 2755 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 2756 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 2757 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 2758 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 2759 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 2760 University of British Columbia. 2761 Portability: 2762 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 2763 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 2764 override the setting. Suggested by 2765 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 2766 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 2767 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 2768 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 2769 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 2770 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2771 College. 2772 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 2773 Tom Moore of NCR. 2774 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 2775 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 2776 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 2777 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 2778 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2779 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 2780 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 2781 Consulting. 2782 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 2783 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 2784 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 2785 errors in the MAIL address. 2786 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 2787 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 2788 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 2789 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2790 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 2791 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 2792 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 2793 Ericsson. 2794 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 2795 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 2796 mailer as described in cf/README. 2797 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 2798 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 2799 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 2800 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 2801 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 2802 sendmail. 2803 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2804 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2805 Meteorological Institute. 2806 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 2807 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 2808 dot as the only character on the line. 2809 New Files: 2810 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 2811 28128.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 2813 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 2814 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 2815 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 2816 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 2817 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 2818 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 2819 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2820 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 2821 it populates. It is possible that some broken 2822 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 2823 Systems in this category should compile with 2824 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 2825 system and report broken implementations to 2826 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 2827 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 2828 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 2829 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 2830 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 2831 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 2832 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 2833 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 2834 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2835 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 2836 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 2837 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 2838 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2839 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 2840 random data. 2841 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 2842 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 2843 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 2844 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 2845 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 2846 Martin of CMU. 2847 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 2848 strength factor. 2849 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 2850 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 2851 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 2852 of CMU. 2853 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 2854 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 2855 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 2856 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 2857 documented, unless a family is specified in a 2858 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 2859 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 2860 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 2861 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 2862 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 2863 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2864 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 2865 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 2866 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 2867 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 2868 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 2869 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2870 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 2871 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 2872 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 2873 of Sun Microsystems. 2874 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 2875 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 2876 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 2877 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 2878 the incoming information in the queue file for later 2879 delivery attempts. 2880 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 2881 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 2882 smoe.org. 2883 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 2884 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 2885 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2886 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 2887 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 2888 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 2889 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 2890 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 2891 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2892 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 2893 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 2894 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2895 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 2896 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 2897 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 2898 of Northern Illinois University. 2899 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 2900 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2901 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 2902 to kilobyte units. 2903 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 2904 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 2905 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 2906 Polytechnic. 2907 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 2908 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 2909 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 2910 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2911 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 2912 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 2913 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2914 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 2915 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2916 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 2917 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 2918 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 2919 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 2920 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 2921 G. Thomas Consulting. 2922 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 2923 port number (113). 2924 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 2925 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2926 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 2927 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2928 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2929 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2930 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2931 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2932 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2933 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2934 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2935 University of Mainz. 2936 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2937 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2938 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2939 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2940 Portability: 2941 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2942 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2943 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2944 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2945 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2946 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2947 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2948 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2949 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2950 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2951 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2952 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2953 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2954 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2955 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2956 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2957 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2958 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2959 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2960 confCACERT CACERTFile 2961 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2962 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2963 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2964 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2965 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2966 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2967 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2968 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2969 cf/README for more information. 2970 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2971 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2972 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2973 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2974 instead of temporary. 2975 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2976 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2977 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2978 Consulting. 2979 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2980 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2981 RootsWeb.com. 2982 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2983 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2984 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2985 University of Maryland. 2986 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2987 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2988 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2989 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2990 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2991 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2992 of the University of Alberta. 2993 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2994 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2995 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2996 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2997 of X.509 certificates. 2998 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2999 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 3000 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 3001 Universitat Regensburg. 3002 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 3003 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3004 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 3005 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3006 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 3007 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3008 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 3009 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 3010 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3011 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 3012 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 3013 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 3014 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 3015 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 3016 University. 3017 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 3018 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 3019 links. 3020 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 3021 reported. 3022 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 3023 Denman Tire Corporation. 3024 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 3025 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 3026 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 3027 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 3028 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 3029 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 3030 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 3031 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 3032 have a From line. 3033 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 3034 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 3035 Added Files: 3036 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 3037 contrib/cidrexpand 3038 contrib/link_hash.sh 3039 contrib/movemail.conf 3040 contrib/movemail.pl 3041 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 3042 test/t_snprintf.c 3043 30448.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 3045 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 3046 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3047 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3048 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3049 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3050 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3051 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3052 Added Files: 3053 test/t_setuid.c 3054 30558.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3056 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3057 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3058 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3059 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3060 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3061 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3062 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3063 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3064 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3065 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3066 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3067 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3068 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3069 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3070 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3071 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3072 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3073 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3074 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3075 or higher. 3076 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3077 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3078 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3079 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3080 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3081 Polytechnic Institute. 3082 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3083 discards the message. 3084 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3085 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3086 attempted to the alias. 3087 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3088 flag options. 3089 Portability: 3090 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3091 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3092 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3093 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3094 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3095 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3096 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3097 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3098 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3099 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3100 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3101 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3102 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3103 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3104 Services, LLC. 3105 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3106 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3107 Courtesan Consulting. 3108 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3109 Siemens Business Services. 3110 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3111 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3112 of WSRCC. 3113 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3114 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3115 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3116 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3117 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3118 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3119 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3120 of NEC. 3121 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3122 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3123 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3124 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3125 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3126 Virginia Tech. 3127 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3128 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3129 University. 3130 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3131 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3132 release. 3133 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3134 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3135 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3136 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3137 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3138 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3139 Sendmail. 3140 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3141 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3142 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3143 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3144 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3145 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3146 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3147 Northern Illinois University. 3148 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3149 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3150 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3151 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3152 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3153 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3154 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3155 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3156 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3157 Added Files: 3158 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3159 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3160 Deleted Files: 3161 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3162 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3163 doc/intro 3164 doc/usenix 3165 doc/changes 3166 31678.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3168 ************************************************************* 3169 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3170 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3171 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3172 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3173 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3174 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3175 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3176 * coach, and a friend. * 3177 * * 3178 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3179 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3180 * Julie, we miss you! * 3181 ************************************************************* 3182 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3183 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3184 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3185 symbolic link target. 3186 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3187 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3188 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3189 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3190 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3191 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3192 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3193 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3194 version of sendmail. 3195 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3196 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3197 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3198 (IdS). 3199 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3200 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3201 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3202 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3203 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3204 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3205 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3206 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3207 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3208 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3209 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3210 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3211 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3212 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3213 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3214 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3215 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3216 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3217 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3218 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3219 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3220 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3221 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3222 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3223 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3224 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3225 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3226 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3227 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3228 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3229 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3230 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3231 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3232 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3233 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3234 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3235 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3236 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3237 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3238 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3239 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3240 accordingly. 3241 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3242 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3243 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3244 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3245 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3246 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3247 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3248 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3249 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3250 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3251 InCert Software. 3252 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3253 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3254 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3255 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3256 a control socket request. 3257 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3258 settings: 3259 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3260 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3261 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3262 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3263 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3264 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3265 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3266 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3267 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3268 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3269 delivery attempt. 3270 Timeout.resolver.retry 3271 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3272 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3273 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3274 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3275 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3276 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3277 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3278 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3279 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3280 delivery attempt. 3281 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3282 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3283 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3284 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3285 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3286 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3287 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3288 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3289 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3290 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3291 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3292 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3293 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3294 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3295 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3296 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3297 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3298 Telecommunications Ltd. 3299 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3300 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3301 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3302 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3303 Inc. 3304 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3305 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3306 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3307 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3308 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3309 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3310 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3311 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3312 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3313 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3314 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3315 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3316 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3317 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3318 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3319 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3320 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3321 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3322 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3323 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3324 Ltd. 3325 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3326 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3327 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3328 example mailer might be: 3329 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3330 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3331 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3332 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3333 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3334 instead. 3335 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3336 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3337 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3338 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3339 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3340 flags. 3341 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3342 body of the original message on delivery status 3343 notifications. 3344 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3345 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3346 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3347 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3348 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3349 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3350 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3351 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3352 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3353 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3354 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3355 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3356 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3357 Conwell of Boston University. 3358 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3359 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3360 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3361 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3362 @Home Network. 3363 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3364 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3365 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3366 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3367 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3368 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3369 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3370 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3371 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3372 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3373 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3374 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3375 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3376 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3377 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3378 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3379 Mathias Herberts. 3380 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3381 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3382 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3383 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3384 in check_compat). 3385 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3386 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3387 option. 3388 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3389 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3390 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3391 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3392 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3393 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3394 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3395 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3396 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3397 is set. 3398 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3399 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3400 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3401 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3402 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3403 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3404 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3405 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3406 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3407 a denial-of-service attack. 3408 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3409 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3410 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3411 overflow attacks. 3412 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3413 alias recursion. 3414 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3415 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3416 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3417 directly before the newline. 3418 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3419 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3420 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3421 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3422 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3423 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3424 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3425 could not be opened. 3426 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3427 value of this option is macro expanded. 3428 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3429 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3430 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3431 (along with the already existing macros): 3432 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3433 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3434 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3435 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3436 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3437 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3438 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3439 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3440 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3441 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3442 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3443 loopback net. 3444 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3445 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3446 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3447 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3448 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3449 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3450 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3451 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3452 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3453 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3454 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3455 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3456 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3457 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3458 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3459 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3460 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3461 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3462 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3463 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3464 Ericsson. 3465 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3466 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3467 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3468 of Ericsson. 3469 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3470 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3471 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3472 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3473 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3474 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3475 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3476 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3477 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3478 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3479 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3480 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3481 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3482 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3483 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3484 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3485 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3486 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3487 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3488 equate name. 3489 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3490 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3491 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3492 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3493 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3494 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3495 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3496 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3497 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3498 David Cooley of Colby College. 3499 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3500 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3501 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3502 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3503 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3504 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3505 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3506 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3507 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3508 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3509 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3510 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3511 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3512 of Stanford University. 3513 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3514 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3515 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3516 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3517 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3518 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3519 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3520 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3521 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3522 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3523 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3524 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3525 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3526 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3527 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3528 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3529 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3530 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3531 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3532 comma separated key and value strings. 3533 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3534 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3535 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3536 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3537 a single connection to that host. 3538 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3539 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3540 LDAP lookups. 3541 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3542 resources. 3543 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3544 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3545 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3546 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3547 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3548 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3549 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3550 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3551 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3552 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3553 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3554 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3555 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3556 with the name "*". 3557 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3558 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3559 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3560 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3561 matches to return. 3562 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3563 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3564 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3565 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3566 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3567 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3568 are defined. 3569 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3570 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3571 Tech. 3572 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3573 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3574 important if you have large classes. 3575 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3576 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3577 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3578 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3579 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3580 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3581 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3582 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3583 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3584 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3585 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3586 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3587 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3588 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3589 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3590 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3591 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3592 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3593 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3594 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3595 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3596 has no effect. 3597 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3598 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3599 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3600 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3601 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3602 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3603 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3604 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3605 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3606 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3607 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 3608 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 3609 connection-based denial of service attacks. 3610 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 3611 10 or higher. 3612 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 3613 information (from= syslog line). 3614 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 3615 equate (dsn=). 3616 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 3617 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 3618 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 3619 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3620 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 3621 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3622 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3623 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 3624 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3625 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 3626 the program as the default user and the default group, not 3627 the forward file user. This change also assures the 3628 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 3629 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 3630 Popovici of DNT Romania. 3631 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 3632 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 3633 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 3634 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 3635 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 3636 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 3637 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 3638 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 3639 helpful to know the sender of the message. 3640 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 3641 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3642 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 3643 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 3644 multiple files. 3645 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 3646 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 3647 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 3648 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 3649 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 3650 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 3651 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 3652 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 3653 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 3654 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 3655 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 3656 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 3657 length before the attempt. 3658 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 3659 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 3660 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 3661 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 3662 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 3663 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 3664 host status files, not all files. 3665 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 3666 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 3667 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 3668 Wonderworks Inc. 3669 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 3670 macro map class. This can be used to store information 3671 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 3672 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 3673 of Hannover. 3674 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 3675 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 3676 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 3677 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 3678 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 3679 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 3680 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 3681 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 3682 flag: 3683 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 3684 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 3685 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 3686 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 3687 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 3688 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 3689 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 3690 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 3691 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 3692 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 3693 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 3694 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 3695 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 3696 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3697 version. 3698 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 3699 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 3700 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 3701 if referencing a named ruleset. 3702 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 3703 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 3704 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 3705 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 3706 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 3707 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 3708 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 3709 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 3710 the University of Maryland. 3711 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 3712 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 3713 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 3714 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 3715 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 3716 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 3717 COMMANDS). 3718 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 3719 but for outgoing connections. 3720 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 3721 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 3722 a require authentication 3723 b bind to interface through which mail has 3724 been received 3725 c perform hostname canonification 3726 f require fully qualified hostname 3727 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 3728 command 3729 C don't perform hostname canonification 3730 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 3731 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 3732 h use name of interface for HELO command 3733 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 3734 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 3735 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 3736 Institutes of Health. 3737 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 3738 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3739 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 3740 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 3741 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3742 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 3743 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 3744 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 3745 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 3746 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 3747 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 3748 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 3749 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3750 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 3751 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 3752 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 3753 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 3754 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 3755 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 3756 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 3757 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 3758 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 3759 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 3760 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 3761 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3762 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 3763 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 3764 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 3765 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 3766 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 3767 timeout. 3768 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 3769 interface address structure when loading the system network 3770 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 3771 Nanoteq. 3772 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 3773 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 3774 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 3775 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 3776 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 3777 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 3778 on load average. 3779 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3780 Northern Illinois University. 3781 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 3782 envelope splitting has occurred. 3783 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 3784 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 3785 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 3786 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 3787 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 3788 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3789 Institute. 3790 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 3791 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 3792 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 3793 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 3794 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 3795 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 3796 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3797 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 3798 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3799 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 3800 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3801 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 3802 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 3803 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 3804 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3805 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 3806 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 3807 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 3808 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3809 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 3810 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 3811 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 3812 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3813 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 3814 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 3815 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3816 University. 3817 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 3818 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 3819 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 3820 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 3821 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 3822 ruleset lines as well. 3823 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 3824 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 3825 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 3826 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3827 Institute. 3828 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 3829 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 3830 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3831 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 3832 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 3833 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 3834 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 3835 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 3836 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 3837 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 3838 of Ericsson. 3839 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 3840 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 3841 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 3842 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3843 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 3844 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 3845 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 3846 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 3847 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 3848 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 3849 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 3850 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 3851 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 3852 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 3853 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 3854 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3855 University. 3856 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 3857 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 3858 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 3859 'sendmail -bs'. 3860 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 3861 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 3862 them in the .cf file. 3863 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 3864 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 3865 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 3866 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 3867 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 3868 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 3869 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 3870 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 3871 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3872 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 3873 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 3874 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 3875 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 3876 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3877 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 3878 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3879 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 3880 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 3881 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 3882 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 3883 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3884 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 3885 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 3886 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 3887 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 3888 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 3889 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3890 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 3891 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 3892 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 3893 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3894 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 3895 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 3896 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 3897 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 3898 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 3899 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3900 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 3901 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 3902 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 3903 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 3904 don't fail on ANY queries. 3905 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 3906 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 3907 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3908 Northern Illinois University. 3909 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 3910 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 3911 State University. 3912 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 3913 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3914 Northern Illinois University. 3915 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 3916 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 3917 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 3918 Portability: 3919 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 3920 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 3921 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 3922 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 3923 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3924 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 3925 This allows network interface probing to work 3926 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3927 University of Iowa. 3928 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3929 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3930 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3931 name. 3932 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3933 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3934 Virginia Tech. 3935 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3936 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3937 Amsterdam. 3938 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3939 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3940 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3941 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3942 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3943 in building the operating system. Users can 3944 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3945 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3946 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3947 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3948 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3949 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3950 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3951 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3952 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3953 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3954 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3955 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3956 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3957 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3958 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3959 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3960 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3961 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3962 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3963 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3964 use that value in conf.h. 3965 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3966 BITart Consulting. 3967 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3968 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3969 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3970 Computer, Inc. 3971 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3972 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3973 of E I A. 3974 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3975 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3976 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3977 fchown(2). 3978 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3979 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3980 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3981 srandomdev(3). 3982 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3983 setlogin(2). 3984 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3985 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3986 Siemens Business Services. 3987 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3988 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3989 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3990 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3991 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3992 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3993 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3994 Aerospace. 3995 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3996 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3997 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3998 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3999 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 4000 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 4001 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 4002 University. 4003 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 4004 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 4005 Technology Information Network. 4006 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 4007 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 4008 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4009 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 4010 and OpenBSD. 4011 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 4012 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 4013 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 4014 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4015 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 4016 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 4017 details. 4018 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 4019 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 4020 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 4021 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 4022 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 4023 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 4024 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 4025 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 4026 Courtesan Consulting. 4027 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 4028 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 4029 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 4030 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 4031 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 4032 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 4033 multiple times. 4034 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 4035 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 4036 with From:). 4037 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 4038 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 4039 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 4040 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 4041 new functionality. 4042 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 4043 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 4044 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 4045 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 4046 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4047 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4048 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4049 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4050 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4051 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4052 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4053 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4054 confPID_FILE PidFile 4055 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4056 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4057 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4058 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4059 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4060 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4061 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4062 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4063 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4064 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4065 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4066 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4067 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4068 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4069 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4070 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4071 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4072 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4073 to "IPC $h". 4074 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4075 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4076 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4077 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4078 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4079 value should be changed with care. 4080 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4081 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4082 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4083 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4084 complain. 4085 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4086 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4087 of Q7 Enterprises. 4088 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4089 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4090 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4091 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4092 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4093 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4094 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4095 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4096 of Northern Illinois University. 4097 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4098 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4099 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4100 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4101 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4102 in it. 4103 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4104 in class 'P' ($=P). 4105 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4106 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4107 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4108 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4109 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4110 is added. 4111 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4112 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4113 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4114 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4115 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4116 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4117 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4118 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4119 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4120 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4121 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4122 Hubert of University of Washington. 4123 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4124 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4125 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4126 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4127 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4128 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4129 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4130 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4131 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4132 Services. 4133 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4134 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4135 Aerospace. 4136 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4137 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4138 University and Brian Candler. 4139 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4140 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4141 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4142 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4143 Institute. 4144 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4145 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4146 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4147 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4148 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4149 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4150 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4151 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4152 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4153 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4154 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4155 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4156 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4157 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4158 converted to <user@d> 4159 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4160 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4161 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4162 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4163 performed. 4164 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4165 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4166 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4167 Institute. 4168 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4169 be accessed by their numbers). 4170 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4171 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4172 of an address. 4173 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4174 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4175 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4176 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4177 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4178 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4179 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4180 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4181 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4182 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4183 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4184 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4185 Institute. 4186 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4187 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4188 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4189 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4190 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4191 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4192 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4193 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4194 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4195 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4196 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4197 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4198 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4199 University of California at Berkeley. 4200 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4201 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4202 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4203 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4204 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4205 Corporation UK. 4206 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4207 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4208 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4209 Yale University. 4210 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4211 be used for building. 4212 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4213 used for a fresh build. 4214 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4215 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4216 ranlib. 4217 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4218 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4219 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4220 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4221 Costales. 4222 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4223 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4224 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4225 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4226 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4227 of Siemens Business Services. 4228 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4229 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4230 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4231 torek. 4232 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4233 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4234 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4235 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4236 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4237 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4238 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4239 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4240 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4241 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4242 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4243 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4244 are in devtools/README. 4245 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4246 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4247 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4248 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4249 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4250 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4251 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4252 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4253 macro. 4254 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4255 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4256 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4257 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4258 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4259 Corporation. 4260 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4261 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4262 confMANROOTMAN. 4263 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4264 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4265 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4266 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4267 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4268 Communications. 4269 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4270 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4271 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4272 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4273 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4274 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4275 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4276 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4277 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4278 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4279 install-strip target. 4280 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4281 the others (if it exists). 4282 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4283 then the default ones. 4284 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4285 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4286 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4287 to set the S flag. 4288 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4289 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4290 Northern Illinois University. 4291 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4292 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4293 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4294 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4295 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4296 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4297 University. 4298 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4299 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4300 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4301 University. 4302 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4303 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4304 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4305 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4306 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4307 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4308 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4309 University. 4310 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4311 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4312 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4313 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4314 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4315 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4316 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4317 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4318 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4319 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4320 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4321 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4322 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4323 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4324 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4325 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4326 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4327 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4328 timeout to avoid starvation. 4329 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4330 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4331 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4332 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4333 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4334 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4335 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4336 of Maryland. 4337 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4338 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4339 sendmail configuration file. 4340 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4341 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4342 option. 4343 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4344 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4345 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4346 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4347 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4348 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4349 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4350 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4351 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4352 Corporation UK. 4353 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4354 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4355 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4356 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4357 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4358 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4359 Institute for Global Communications. 4360 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4361 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4362 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4363 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4364 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4365 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4366 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4367 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4368 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4369 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4370 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4371 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4372 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4373 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4374 Changed Files: 4375 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4376 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4377 which execute the actual Build script in 4378 devtools/bin. 4379 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4380 -mandoc as they were previously. 4381 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4382 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4383 required for Build). 4384 New Directories: 4385 devtools/M4/UNIX 4386 include 4387 libmilter 4388 libsmdb 4389 libsmutil 4390 vacation 4391 Renamed Directories: 4392 BuildTools => devtools 4393 src => sendmail 4394 Deleted Files: 4395 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4396 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4397 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4398 devtools/OS/SINIX 4399 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4400 New Files: 4401 INSTALL 4402 PGPKEYS 4403 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4404 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4405 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4406 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4407 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4408 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4409 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4410 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4411 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4412 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4413 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4414 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4415 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4416 contrib/domainmap.m4 4417 contrib/qtool.8 4418 contrib/qtool.pl 4419 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4420 devtools/M4/list.m4 4421 devtools/M4/string.m4 4422 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4423 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4424 devtools/OS/Darwin 4425 devtools/OS/GNU 4426 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4427 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4428 devtools/OS/m88k 4429 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4430 mail.local/Makefile 4431 mailstats/Makefile 4432 makemap/Makefile 4433 praliases/Makefile 4434 rmail/Makefile 4435 sendmail/Makefile 4436 sendmail/bf.h 4437 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4438 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4439 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4440 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4441 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4442 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4443 sendmail/timers.c 4444 sendmail/timers.h 4445 smrsh/Makefile 4446 vacation/Makefile 4447 Renamed Files: 4448 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4449 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4450 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4451 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4452 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4453 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4454 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4455 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4456 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4457 Copied Files: 4458 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4459 44608.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4461 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4462 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4463 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4464 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4465 Schools" project (IdS). 4466 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4467 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4468 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4469 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4470 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4471 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4472 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4473 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4474 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4475 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4476 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4477 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4478 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4479 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4480 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4481 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4482 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4483 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4484 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4485 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4486 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4487 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4488 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4489 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4490 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4491 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4492 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4493 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4494 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4495 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4496 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4497 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4498 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4499 group of the IETF. 4500 Portability: 4501 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4502 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4503 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4504 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4505 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4506 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4507 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4508 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4509 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4510 Technical University of Denmark. 4511 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4512 Supercomputer Center. 4513 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4514 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4515 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4516 of Stanford University. 4517 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4518 between different releases. Back out the 4519 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4520 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4521 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4522 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4523 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4524 of Siemens/SNI. 4525 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4526 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4527 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4528 University of Brno. 4529 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4530 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4531 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4532 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4533 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4534 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4535 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4536 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4537 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4538 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4539 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4540 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4541 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4542 MIDS Europe. 4543 New Files: 4544 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4545 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4546 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4547 45488.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4549 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4550 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4551 for a denial of service attack. 4552 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4553 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4554 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4555 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4556 Corporation UK. 4557 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4558 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4559 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4560 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4561 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4562 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4563 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4564 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4565 Internet Services. 4566 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4567 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4568 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4569 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4570 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4571 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4572 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4573 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4574 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4575 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4576 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4577 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4578 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4579 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4580 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4581 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4582 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4583 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4584 Internet Services. 4585 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4586 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4587 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4588 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4589 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4590 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4591 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4592 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4593 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4594 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4595 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4596 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4597 extended testing. 4598 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4599 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4600 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4601 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4602 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4603 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4604 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4605 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4606 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4607 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4608 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4609 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 4610 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 4611 Network. 4612 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 4613 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 4614 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 4615 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 4616 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 4617 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 4618 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4619 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 4620 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 4621 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 4622 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 4623 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 4624 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 4625 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 4626 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 4627 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 4628 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4629 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 4630 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4631 Meteorological Institute. 4632 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4633 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 4634 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 4635 Portability: 4636 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 4637 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 4638 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 4639 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 4640 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 4641 reading network interface addresses into 4642 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 4643 Cal State University, Chico. 4644 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 4645 from changing the semantics of the compiled 4646 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 4647 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 4648 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 4649 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4650 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4651 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 4652 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 4653 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 4654 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 4655 of Sun Microsystems. 4656 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 4657 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4658 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 4659 of Bits Co., Ltd. 4660 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 4661 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4662 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 4663 of E I A. 4664 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 4665 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 4666 Information Center. 4667 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 4668 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4669 Institute. 4670 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 4671 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 4672 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 4673 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 4674 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4675 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 4676 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 4677 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 4678 Manawatu Internet Services. 4679 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 4680 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 4681 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 4682 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 4683 of Northern Illinois University. 4684 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 4685 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4686 Kiel. 4687 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 4688 Dot Com. 4689 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 4690 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4691 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4692 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 4693 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 4694 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 4695 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4696 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 4697 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4698 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 4699 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 4700 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 4701 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4702 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 4703 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4704 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 4705 the envelope From header. 4706 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 4707 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 4708 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 4709 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 4710 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 4711 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 4712 Portal Services, Inc. 4713 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 4714 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 4715 Sun Microsystems. 4716 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4717 New Files: 4718 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 4719 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 4720 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 4721 contrib/smcontrol.pl 4722 src/control.c 4723 47248.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 4725 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 4726 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 4727 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 4728 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 4729 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 4730 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 4731 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4732 Meteorological Institute. 4733 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 4734 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 4735 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4736 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 4737 installation commands. The man pages would still be 4738 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 4739 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4740 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 4741 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4742 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 4743 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 4744 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 4745 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 4746 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 4747 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 4748 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 4749 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 4750 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 4751 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 4752 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 4753 Flextech TV. 4754 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 4755 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 4756 DaveLtd Enterprises. 4757 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 4758 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 4759 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 4760 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 4761 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 4762 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 4763 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 4764 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 4765 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 4766 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 4767 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 4768 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 4769 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 4770 University. 4771 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 4772 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 4773 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 4774 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 4775 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 4776 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 4777 Portability: 4778 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 4779 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 4780 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 4781 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 4782 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 4783 of BSDI. 4784 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 4785 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 4786 PICT Inc. 4787 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 4788 J. P. McCann of E I A. 4789 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 4790 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 4791 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 4792 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 4793 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 4794 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4795 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 4796 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 4797 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4798 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 4799 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 4800 would not accept @@hostname. 4801 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 4802 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 4803 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 4804 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 4805 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4806 New Files: 4807 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 4808 48098.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 4810 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 4811 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 4812 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 4813 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 4814 which need the ability to override security can use the 4815 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 4816 information. 4817 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4818 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4819 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 4820 world writable directories. 4821 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 4822 it is in a world writable directory. 4823 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 4824 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 4825 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 4826 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4827 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4828 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 4829 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 4830 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4831 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 4832 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 4833 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 4834 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 4835 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 4836 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 4837 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 4838 default. 4839 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 4840 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 4841 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 4842 the University of Maryland. 4843 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 4844 of Cal State University, Chico. 4845 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 4846 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 4847 current version of Berkeley DB. 4848 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 4849 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4850 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 4851 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 4852 of Maryland. 4853 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 4854 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 4855 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 4856 Microsystems. 4857 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 4858 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 4859 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 4860 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 4861 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 4862 mail.local on the F=z flag. 4863 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 4864 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 4865 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 4866 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 4867 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 4868 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 4869 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 4870 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4871 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4872 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 4873 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 4874 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 4875 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4876 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 4877 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 4878 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 4879 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 4880 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 4881 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 4882 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 4883 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 4884 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 4885 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 4886 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 4887 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 4888 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 4889 relaying entirely. 4890 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 4891 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 4892 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 4893 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 4894 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 4895 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 4896 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 4897 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4898 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 4899 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 4900 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 4901 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 4902 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4903 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 4904 sender for those failures. 4905 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 4906 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 4907 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 4908 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 4909 of Ericsson. 4910 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 4911 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 4912 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4913 of Procter & Gamble. 4914 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 4915 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 4916 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4917 of Procter & Gamble. 4918 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 4919 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 4920 of system security. This should only be used if you are 4921 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 4922 DontBlameSendmail options are: 4923 Safe 4924 AssumeSafeChown 4925 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 4926 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4927 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4928 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4929 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4930 GroupWritableAliasFile 4931 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4932 WorldWritableAliasFile 4933 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4934 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4935 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4936 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4937 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4938 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4939 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4940 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4941 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4942 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4943 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4944 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4945 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4946 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4947 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4948 WriteMapToHardLink 4949 WriteMapToSymLink 4950 WriteStatsToHardLink 4951 WriteStatsToSymLink 4952 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4953 RunWritableProgram 4954 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4955 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4956 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4957 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4958 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4959 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4960 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4961 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4962 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4963 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4964 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4965 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4966 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4967 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4968 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4969 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4970 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4971 contrast to the success case). 4972 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4973 of the form: 4974 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4975 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4976 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4977 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4978 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4979 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4980 headers. 4981 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4982 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4983 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4984 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4985 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4986 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4987 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4988 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4989 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4990 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4991 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4992 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4993 remote identity can be queried. 4994 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4995 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4996 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4997 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4998 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4999 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 5000 some of the details are determined dynamically via 5001 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 5002 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 5003 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 5004 the new Build method which creates an operating system 5005 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 5006 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 5007 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5008 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 5009 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 5010 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 5011 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5012 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 5013 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 5014 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 5015 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 5016 This means that even if only one of the recipients 5017 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 5018 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 5019 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 5020 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 5021 of CNET: The Computer Network. 5022 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 5023 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 5024 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5025 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 5026 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 5027 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 5028 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 5029 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 5030 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 5031 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 5032 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 5033 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 5034 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5035 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 5036 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 5037 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5038 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 5039 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 5040 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 5041 Institute. 5042 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 5043 mail.local. 5044 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 5045 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 5046 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5047 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5048 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5049 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5050 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5051 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5052 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5053 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5054 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5055 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5056 mailstats command. 5057 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5058 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5059 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5060 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5061 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5062 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5063 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5064 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5065 Ericsson. 5066 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5067 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5068 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5069 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5070 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5071 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5072 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5073 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5074 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5075 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5076 currently supported version. 5077 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5078 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5079 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5080 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5081 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5082 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5083 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5084 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5085 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5086 message in error bounces. 5087 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5088 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5089 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5090 Portability: 5091 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5092 of Kyoto University. 5093 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5094 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5095 Maryland. 5096 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5097 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5098 in Finland. 5099 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5100 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5101 the University of Maryland. 5102 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5103 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5104 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5105 Meteorological Institute. 5106 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5107 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5108 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5109 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5110 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5111 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5112 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5113 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5114 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5115 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5116 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5117 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5118 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5119 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5120 Microsystems. 5121 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5122 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5123 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5124 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5125 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5126 directory for certain programs. 5127 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5128 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5129 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5130 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5131 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5132 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5133 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5134 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5135 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5136 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5137 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5138 the user to setup different .forward files for 5139 user+detail addressing. 5140 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5141 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5142 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5143 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5144 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5145 outside your domain). 5146 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5147 any site to any site. 5148 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5149 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5150 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5151 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5152 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5153 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5154 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5155 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5156 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5157 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5158 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5159 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5160 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5161 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5162 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5163 host names only. 5164 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5165 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5166 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5167 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5168 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5169 needed for most installations. 5170 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5171 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5172 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5173 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5174 the University of Maryland. 5175 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5176 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5177 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5178 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5179 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5180 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5181 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5182 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5183 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5184 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5185 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5186 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5187 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5188 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5189 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5190 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5191 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5192 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5193 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5194 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5195 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5196 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5197 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5198 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5199 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5200 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5201 above for more information. 5202 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5203 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5204 Meteorological Institute. 5205 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5206 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5207 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5208 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5209 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5210 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5211 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5212 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5213 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5214 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5215 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5216 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5217 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5218 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5219 CMU (now of Netscape). 5220 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5221 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5222 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5223 read mail.local/README. 5224 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5225 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5226 University of Maryland. 5227 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5228 University, Chico. 5229 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5230 Meteorological Institute. 5231 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5232 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5233 University of Maryland. 5234 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5235 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5236 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5237 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5238 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5239 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5240 Braunschweig. 5241 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5242 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5243 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5244 Changed Files: 5245 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5246 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5247 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5248 New Files: 5249 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5250 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5251 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5252 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5253 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5254 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5255 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5256 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5257 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5258 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5259 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5260 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5261 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5262 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5263 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5264 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5265 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5266 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5267 BuildTools/README 5268 BuildTools/Site/README 5269 BuildTools/bin/Build 5270 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5271 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5272 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5273 Makefile 5274 cf/cf/Build 5275 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5276 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5277 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5278 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5279 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5280 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5281 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5282 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5283 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5284 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5285 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5286 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5287 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5288 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5289 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5290 mail.local/Build 5291 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5292 mail.local/README 5293 mailstats/Build 5294 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5295 makemap/Build 5296 makemap/Makefile.m4 5297 praliases/Build 5298 praliases/Makefile.m4 5299 rmail/Build 5300 rmail/Makefile.m4 5301 rmail/rmail.0 5302 smrsh/Build 5303 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5304 src/Build 5305 src/Makefile.m4 5306 src/snprintf.c 5307 Deleted Files: 5308 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5309 mail.local/Makefile 5310 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5311 mailstats/Makefile 5312 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5313 makemap/Makefile 5314 makemap/Makefile.dist 5315 praliases/Makefile 5316 praliases/Makefile.dist 5317 rmail/Makefile 5318 smrsh/Makefile 5319 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5320 src/Makefile 5321 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5322 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5323 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5324 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5325 Renamed Files: 5326 READ_ME => README 5327 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5328 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5329 src/READ_ME => src/README 5330 53318.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5332 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5333 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5334 Meteorological Institute. 5335 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5336 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5337 Arseneault of SRI International. 5338 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5339 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5340 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5341 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5342 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5343 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5344 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5345 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5346 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5347 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5348 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5349 River Systems. 5350 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5351 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5352 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5353 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5354 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5355 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5356 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5357 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5358 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5359 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5360 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5361 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5362 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5363 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5364 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5365 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5366 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5367 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5368 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5369 results during a single message processing (but would 5370 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5371 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5372 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5373 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5374 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5375 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5376 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5377 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5378 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5379 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5380 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5381 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5382 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5383 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5384 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5385 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5386 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5387 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5388 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5389 Associates. 5390 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5391 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5392 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5393 could cause confusing error messages. 5394 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5395 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5396 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5397 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5398 SuperNet, Inc. 5399 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5400 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5401 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5402 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5403 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5404 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5405 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5406 dropped. 5407 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5408 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5409 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5410 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5411 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5412 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5413 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5414 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5415 Institute. 5416 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5417 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5418 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5419 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5420 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5421 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5422 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5423 Minor lint fixes. 5424 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5425 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5426 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5427 of Stanford University. 5428 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5429 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5430 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5431 Portability: 5432 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5433 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5434 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5435 Electronic Data Systems. 5436 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5437 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5438 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5439 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5440 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5441 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5442 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5443 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5444 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5445 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5446 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5447 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5448 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5449 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5450 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5451 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5452 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5453 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5454 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5455 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5456 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5457 Services. 5458 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5459 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5460 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5461 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5462 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5463 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5464 Services VAS. 5465 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5466 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5467 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5468 Ericsson. 5469 54708.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5471 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5472 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5473 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5474 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5475 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5476 GmbH. 5477 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5478 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5479 of Technology, Stockholm. 5480 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5481 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5482 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5483 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5484 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5485 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5486 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5487 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5488 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5489 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5490 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5491 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5492 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5493 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5494 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5495 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5496 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5497 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5498 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5499 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5500 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5501 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5502 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5503 have to assume that the information is good. 5504 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5505 open or locked. 5506 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5507 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5508 errors during testing. 5509 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5510 printed in the error message. 5511 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5512 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5513 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5514 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5515 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5516 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5517 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5518 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5519 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5520 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5521 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5522 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5523 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5524 Results Computing. 5525 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5526 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5527 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5528 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5529 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5530 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5531 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5532 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5533 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5534 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5535 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5536 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5537 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5538 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5539 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5540 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5541 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5542 simultaneously. 5543 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5544 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5545 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5546 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5547 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5548 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5549 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5550 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5551 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5552 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5553 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5554 CSU Chico. 5555 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5556 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5557 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5558 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5559 Portability: 5560 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5561 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5562 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5563 be used instead. 5564 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5565 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5566 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5567 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5568 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5569 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5570 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5571 in Makefiles. 5572 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5573 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5574 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5575 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5576 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5577 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5578 NCR Corp. 5579 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5580 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5581 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5582 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5583 Resource Network 5584 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5585 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5586 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5587 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5588 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5589 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5590 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5591 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5592 Corp. 5593 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5594 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5595 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5596 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5597 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5598 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5599 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5600 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5601 PlainTalk. 5602 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5603 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5604 by Harry Styron. 5605 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5606 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5607 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 5608 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 5609 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 5610 changed after open". 5611 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 5612 files. 5613 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 5614 NEW FILES: 5615 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 5616 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 5617 test/t_exclopen.c 5618 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 5619 DELETED FILES: 5620 Makefile 5621 56228.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 5623 ************************************************************* 5624 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 5625 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 5626 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 5627 * continued sendmail development. * 5628 ************************************************************* 5629 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 5630 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 5631 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 5632 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 5633 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 5634 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 5635 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 5636 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 5637 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 5638 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 5639 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 5640 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 5641 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 5642 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 5643 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 5644 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 5645 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5646 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5647 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 5648 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 5649 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 5650 another database; this can be used either to expose 5651 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 5652 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 5653 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 5654 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 5655 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 5656 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 5657 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 5658 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 5659 system directories. 5660 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 5661 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 5662 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 5663 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 5664 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 5665 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 5666 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 5667 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 5668 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 5669 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 5670 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 5671 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 5672 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 5673 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 5674 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 5675 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 5676 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 5677 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 5678 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 5679 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 5680 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 5681 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 5682 NFS-mounted filesystems. 5683 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 5684 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 5685 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 5686 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 5687 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 5688 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 5689 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 5690 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 5691 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5692 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 5693 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5694 same host). 5695 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 5696 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 5697 from Theo de Raadt. 5698 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 5699 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 5700 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5701 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 5702 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 5703 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 5704 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 5705 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 5706 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5707 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 5708 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 5709 Microsystems. 5710 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 5711 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 5712 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5713 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 5714 too large) don't send the bogus message. 5715 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 5716 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 5717 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5718 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 5719 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 5720 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 5721 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 5722 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 5723 Shapiro. 5724 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 5725 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 5726 Sun Microsystems. 5727 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 5728 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 5729 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 5730 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 5731 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 5732 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 5733 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 5734 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 5735 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 5736 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 5737 Mercury Mail. 5738 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 5739 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 5740 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 5741 Morgan Stanley. 5742 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 5743 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 5744 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 5745 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5746 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 5747 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 5748 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 5749 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 5750 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 5751 not be run. 5752 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 5753 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 5754 printing. 5755 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 5756 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 5757 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5758 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 5759 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 5760 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 5761 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 5762 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 5763 erroneous results during a single message processing 5764 (but would recover when the next message was received). 5765 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 5766 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 5767 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 5768 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 5769 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 5770 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 5771 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 5772 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 5773 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 5774 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 5775 address as "may be forged". 5776 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 5777 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 5778 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 5779 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 5780 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 5781 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 5782 of TwinCom. 5783 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 5784 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 5785 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 5786 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 5787 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 5788 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 5789 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 5790 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 5791 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5792 Institute. 5793 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 5794 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 5795 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 5796 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 5797 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 5798 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 5799 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 5800 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 5801 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 5802 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 5803 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 5804 book (2nd edition). 5805 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 5806 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 5807 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 5808 John Beck of SunSoft. 5809 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 5810 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 5811 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 5812 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 5813 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 5814 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 5815 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 5816 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 5817 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 5818 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 5819 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 5820 returns. 5821 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 5822 on some architectures. 5823 Portability: 5824 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 5825 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 5826 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 5827 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 5828 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 5829 of Washington. 5830 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 5831 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 5832 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5833 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 5834 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 5835 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 5836 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 5837 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 5838 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 5839 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5840 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 5841 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 5842 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 5843 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 5844 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 5845 Cambridge. 5846 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 5847 Kari Hurtta. 5848 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 5849 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 5850 IRIX Makefile). 5851 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 5852 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5853 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 5854 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 5855 Brian Candler. 5856 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 5857 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 5858 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5859 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 5860 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 5861 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5862 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 5863 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 5864 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 5865 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 5866 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 5867 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5868 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 5869 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 5870 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 5871 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 5872 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 5873 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 5874 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 5875 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5876 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 5877 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 5878 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 5879 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 5880 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 5881 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 5882 was specified, even when it wasn't. 5883 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 5884 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 5885 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 5886 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 5887 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 5888 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 5889 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 5890 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 5891 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 5892 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 5893 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 5894 developers). 5895 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 5896 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 5897 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5898 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 5899 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 5900 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 5901 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 5902 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 5903 NEXTSTEP. 5904 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 5905 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 5906 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 5907 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 5908 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5909 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 5910 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 5911 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 5912 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 5913 for system accounts. 5914 NEW FILES: 5915 src/safefile.c 5916 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 5917 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 5918 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 5919 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 5920 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 5921 RENAMED FILES: 5922 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 5923 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 5924 59258.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 5926 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5927 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5928 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5929 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5930 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5931 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5932 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5933 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5934 University of Pennsylvania. 5935 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5936 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5937 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5938 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5939 was unnecessarily awful. 5940 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5941 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5942 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5943 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5944 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5945 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5946 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5947 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5948 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5949 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5950 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5951 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5952 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5953 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5954 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5955 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5956 Semiconductor Corp. 5957 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5958 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5959 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5960 at Austin. 5961 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5962 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5963 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5964 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5965 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5966 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5967 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5968 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5969 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5970 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5971 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5972 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5973 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5974 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5975 Costales. 5976 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5977 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5978 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5979 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5980 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5981 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5982 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5983 The current values and defaults are: 5984 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5985 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5986 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5987 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5988 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5989 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5990 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5991 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5992 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5993 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5994 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5995 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5996 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5997 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5998 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5999 Eric Hagberg. 6000 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 6001 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 6002 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 6003 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 6004 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 6005 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 6006 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 6007 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6008 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 6009 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 6010 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 6011 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 6012 Communications. 6013 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 6014 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 6015 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 6016 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6017 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 6018 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 6019 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 6020 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 6021 PORTABILITY: 6022 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 6023 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 6024 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 6025 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 6026 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6027 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 6028 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 6029 (Moscow). 6030 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 6031 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 6032 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 6033 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 6034 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 6035 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 6036 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 6037 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 6038 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 6039 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 6040 Received: line. 6041 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 6042 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 6043 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 6044 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 6045 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 6046 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6047 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6048 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6049 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6050 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6051 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6052 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6053 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6054 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6055 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6056 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6057 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6058 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6059 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6060 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6061 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6062 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6063 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6064 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6065 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6066 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6067 Long Beach. 6068 60698.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6070 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6071 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6072 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6073 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6074 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6075 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6076 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6077 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6078 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6079 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6080 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6081 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6082 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6083 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6084 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6085 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6086 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6087 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6088 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6089 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6090 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6091 Problem noted by several people. 6092 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6093 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6094 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6095 by several people. 6096 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6097 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6098 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6099 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6100 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6101 of Best Internet Communications. 6102 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6103 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6104 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6105 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6106 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6107 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6108 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6109 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6110 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6111 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6112 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6113 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6114 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6115 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6116 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6117 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6118 by Roy Mongiovi. 6119 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6120 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6121 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6122 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6123 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6124 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6125 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6126 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6127 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6128 of Kyoto University. 6129 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6130 conditions from Don Lewis. 6131 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6132 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6133 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6134 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6135 patch from Bryan Costales. 6136 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6137 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6138 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6139 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6140 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6141 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6142 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6143 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6144 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6145 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6146 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6147 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6148 of Tokyo. 6149 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6150 Services, Inc. 6151 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6152 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6153 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6154 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6155 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6156 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6157 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6158 than one long one. By popular demand. 6159 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6160 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6161 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6162 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6163 of NTT Software Corporation. 6164 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6165 NEW FILES: 6166 contrib/etrn.pl 6167 61688.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6169 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6170 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6171 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6172 best-of-security list. 6173 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6174 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6175 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6176 the wrong binary. 6177 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6178 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6179 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6180 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6181 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6182 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6183 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6184 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6185 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6186 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6187 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6188 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6189 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6190 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6191 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6192 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6193 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6194 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6195 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6196 Eric Wassenaar. 6197 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6198 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6199 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6200 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6201 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6202 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6203 UUNET. 6204 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6205 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6206 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6207 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6208 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6209 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6210 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6211 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6212 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6213 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6214 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6215 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6216 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6217 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6218 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6219 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6220 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6221 University of Linkoping. 6222 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6223 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6224 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6225 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6226 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6227 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6228 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6229 other end. 6230 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6231 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6232 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6233 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6234 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6235 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6236 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6237 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6238 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6239 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6240 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6241 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6242 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6243 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6244 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6245 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6246 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6247 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6248 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6249 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6250 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6251 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6252 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6253 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6254 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6255 Earickson of Colby College. 6256 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6257 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6258 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6259 Kari Hurtta. 6260 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6261 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6262 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6263 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6264 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6265 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6266 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6267 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6268 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6269 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6270 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6271 University of Washington, Seattle. 6272 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6273 Polytechnic Institute. 6274 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6275 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6276 NEW FILES: 6277 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6278 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6279 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6280 62818.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6282 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6283 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6284 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6285 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6286 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6287 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6288 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6289 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6290 CONFIG: no changes. 6291 62928.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6293 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6294 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6295 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6296 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6297 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6298 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6299 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6300 of WPI. 6301 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6302 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6303 Kyoto University. 6304 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6305 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6306 on illegal host names. 6307 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6308 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6309 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6310 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6311 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6312 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6313 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6314 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6315 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6316 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6317 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6318 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6319 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6320 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6321 University of Leicester. 6322 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6323 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6324 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6325 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6326 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6327 University of Washington. 6328 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6329 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6330 people pointed this out. 6331 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6332 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6333 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6334 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6335 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6336 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6337 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6338 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6339 Softec. 6340 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6341 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6342 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6343 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6344 63458.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6346 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6347 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6348 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6349 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6350 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6351 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6352 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6353 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6354 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6355 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6356 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6357 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6358 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6359 NSC (Japan). 6360 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6361 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6362 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6363 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6364 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6365 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6366 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6367 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6368 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6369 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6370 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6371 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6372 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6373 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6374 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6375 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6376 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6377 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6378 printout. 6379 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6380 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6381 square braces. 6382 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6383 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6384 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6385 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6386 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6387 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6388 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6389 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6390 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6391 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6392 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6393 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6394 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6395 Dandelion Digital. 6396 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6397 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6398 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6399 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6400 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6401 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6402 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6403 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6404 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6405 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6406 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6407 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6408 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6409 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6410 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6411 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6412 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6413 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6414 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6415 mailers. 6416 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6417 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6418 Myers of CMU. 6419 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6420 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6421 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6422 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6423 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6424 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6425 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6426 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6427 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6428 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6429 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6430 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6431 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6432 parameter. 6433 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6434 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6435 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6436 University of Maryland. 6437 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6438 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6439 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6440 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6441 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6442 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6443 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6444 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6445 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6446 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6447 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6448 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6449 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6450 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6451 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6452 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6453 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6454 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6455 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6456 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6457 section 5.2.5. 6458 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6459 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6460 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6461 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6462 is for incoming connections only. 6463 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6464 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6465 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6466 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6467 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6468 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6469 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6470 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6471 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6472 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6473 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6474 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6475 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6476 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6477 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6478 that take a very long time to run. 6479 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6480 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6481 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6482 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6483 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6484 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6485 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6486 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6487 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6488 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6489 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6490 Costales. 6491 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6492 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6493 Technologies, Inc. 6494 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6495 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6496 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6497 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6498 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6499 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6500 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6501 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6502 different for this case. 6503 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6504 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6505 of Stanford University. 6506 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6507 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6508 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6509 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6510 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6511 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6512 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6513 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6514 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6515 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6516 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6517 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6518 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6519 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6520 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6521 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6522 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6523 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6524 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6525 Pasteur Institute. 6526 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6527 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6528 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6529 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6530 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6531 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6532 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6533 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6534 canonification. 6535 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6536 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6537 mailers. 6538 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6539 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6540 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6541 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6542 either of these in their configuration file. 6543 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6544 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6545 St. Peter's College. 6546 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6547 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6548 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6549 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6550 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6551 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6552 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6553 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6554 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6555 Costales. 6556 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6557 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6558 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6559 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6560 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6561 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6562 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6563 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6564 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6565 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6566 in rulesets. 6567 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6568 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6569 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6570 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6571 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6572 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6573 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6574 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6575 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6576 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6577 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6578 on that basis. 6579 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6580 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6581 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6582 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6583 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6584 Vixie. 6585 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6586 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6587 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6588 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6589 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6590 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6591 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6592 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6593 two characters $, +. 6594 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6595 debug_dumpstate. 6596 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6597 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6598 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6599 valid recipients. 6600 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6601 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6602 noted by Tom May. 6603 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6604 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6605 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6606 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6607 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 6608 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 6609 Computing Corporation. 6610 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 6611 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 6612 Internet Communications. 6613 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 6614 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 6615 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 6616 of Lysator. 6617 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 6618 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 6619 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 6620 of the University of Iceland. 6621 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 6622 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 6623 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 6624 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 6625 this change is a no-op. 6626 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 6627 Costales. 6628 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 6629 Bryan Costales. 6630 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 6631 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6632 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 6633 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6634 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 6635 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6636 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 6637 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 6638 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 6639 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6640 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 6641 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 6642 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 6643 Jones of UUNET. 6644 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 6645 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 6646 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6647 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 6648 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 6649 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 6650 easily determine what messages are to their role as 6651 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 6652 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 6653 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 6654 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 6655 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 6656 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 6657 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 6658 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 6659 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 6660 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 6661 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 6662 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 6663 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 6664 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 6665 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 6666 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 6667 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 6668 of Stanford University. 6669 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 6670 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 6671 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 6672 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 6673 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 6674 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 6675 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 6676 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 6677 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 6678 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 6679 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 6680 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 6681 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6682 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 6683 Motonori Nakamura. 6684 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 6685 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 6686 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 6687 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 6688 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 6689 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 6690 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 6691 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 6692 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 6693 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 6694 value is ".hoststat". 6695 There are also two new operation modes: 6696 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 6697 connections. 6698 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 6699 recent status information. 6700 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 6701 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 6702 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 6703 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 6704 framework is gratefully appreciated. 6705 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 6706 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 6707 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 6708 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 6709 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 6710 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 6711 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 6712 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 6713 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 6714 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 6715 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 6716 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 6717 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 6718 Costales. 6719 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 6720 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6721 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 6722 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 6723 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 6724 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6725 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 6726 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 6727 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 6728 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 6729 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 6730 Webmasters. 6731 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 6732 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 6733 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 6734 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 6735 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 6736 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 6737 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 6738 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 6739 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 6740 of Washington, Seattle. 6741 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 6742 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 6743 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 6744 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 6745 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 6746 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 6747 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 6748 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 6749 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 6750 Nakamura. 6751 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 6752 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 6753 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 6754 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 6755 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 6756 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 6757 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 6758 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 6759 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 6760 well constrained. 6761 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 6762 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 6763 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 6764 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 6765 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 6766 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 6767 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 6768 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 6769 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 6770 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 6771 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 6772 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 6773 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 6774 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 6775 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 6776 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 6777 Wolfhugel. 6778 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 6779 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 6780 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 6781 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 6782 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6783 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 6784 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6785 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 6786 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 6787 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 6788 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 6789 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 6790 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 6791 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 6792 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 6793 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 6794 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 6795 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 6796 National University of Singapore. 6797 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 6798 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 6799 system can't cope with. 6800 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6801 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 6802 Atlas International. 6803 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 6804 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 6805 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 6806 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 6807 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 6808 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 6809 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 6810 Bernstein and Associates. 6811 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 6812 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 6813 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 6814 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 6815 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6816 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 6817 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 6818 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 6819 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 6820 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 6821 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 6822 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 6823 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 6824 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6825 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 6826 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6827 Institute. 6828 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 6829 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 6830 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 6831 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 6832 Employment Standards Administration. 6833 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 6834 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 6835 Jr. 6836 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 6837 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 6838 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 6839 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6840 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 6841 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 6842 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 6843 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 6844 of the University of Arizona. 6845 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 6846 Vanderbilt University. 6847 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 6848 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 6849 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 6850 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 6851 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 6852 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6853 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 6854 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 6855 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 6856 Foundation. 6857 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 6858 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 6859 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 6860 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 6861 Myers of CMU. 6862 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 6863 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 6864 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 6865 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 6866 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 6867 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 6868 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 6869 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 6870 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 6871 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 6872 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 6873 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 6874 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 6875 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 6876 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 6877 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 6878 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 6879 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6880 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 6881 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 6882 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 6883 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 6884 info@foo.com foo-info 6885 info@bar.com bar-info 6886 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 6887 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 6888 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 6889 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 6890 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 6891 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 6892 a great many people. 6893 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 6894 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 6895 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 6896 "fax" mailer. 6897 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 6898 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 6899 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 6900 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 6901 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 6902 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 6903 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 6904 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 6905 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 6906 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 6907 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 6908 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 6909 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 6910 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 6911 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 6912 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 6913 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 6914 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 6915 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 6916 of WPI. 6917 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 6918 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 6919 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6920 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 6921 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 6922 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 6923 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 6924 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 6925 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 6926 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6927 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6928 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6929 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6930 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6931 by Andreas Luik. 6932 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6933 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6934 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6935 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6936 Wolfhugel. 6937 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6938 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6939 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6940 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6941 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6942 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6943 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6944 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6945 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6946 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6947 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6948 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6949 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6950 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6951 Costales. 6952 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6953 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6954 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6955 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6956 NEW FILES: 6957 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6958 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6959 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6960 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6961 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6962 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6963 mailstats/mailstats.8 6964 praliases/praliases.8 6965 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6966 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6967 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6968 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6969 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6970 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6971 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6972 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6973 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6974 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6975 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6976 DELETED FILES: 6977 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6978 contrib/xla/README 6979 contrib/xla/xla.c 6980 RENAMED FILES: 6981 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6982 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6983 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6984 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6985 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6986 69878.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6988 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6989 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6990 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6991 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6992 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6993 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6994 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6995 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6996 69978.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6998 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6999 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 7000 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 7001 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 7002 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 7003 and others. 7004 70058.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 7006 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7007 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7008 any user (except root). 7009 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7010 version number is unchanged. 7011 70128.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 7013 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 7014 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 7015 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7016 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 7017 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 7018 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 7019 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 7020 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 7021 Costales. 7022 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7023 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 7024 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 7025 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 7026 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 7027 Stanford University. 7028 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 7029 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7030 70318.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 7032 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 7033 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 7034 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 7035 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 7036 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 7037 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 7038 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 7039 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 7040 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 7041 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 7042 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 7043 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 7044 by Kari Hurtta. 7045 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 7046 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7047 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7048 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7049 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7050 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7051 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7052 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7053 bounces when it should have requeued. 7054 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7055 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7056 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7057 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7058 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7059 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7060 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7061 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7062 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7063 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7064 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7065 Infobiogen. 7066 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7067 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7068 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7069 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7070 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7071 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7072 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7073 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7074 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7075 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7076 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7077 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7078 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7079 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7080 underscores. 7081 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7082 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7083 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7084 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7085 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7086 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7087 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7088 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7089 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7090 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7091 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7092 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7093 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7094 Costales of ICSI. 7095 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7096 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7097 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7098 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7099 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7100 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7101 Technological University. 7102 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7103 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7104 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7105 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7106 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7107 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7108 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7109 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7110 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7111 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7112 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7113 Inc. 7114 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7115 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7116 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7117 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7118 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7119 University. 7120 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7121 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7122 Association for Progressive Communications. 7123 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7124 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7125 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7126 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7127 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7128 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7129 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7130 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7131 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7132 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7133 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7134 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7135 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7136 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7137 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7138 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7139 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7140 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7141 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7142 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7143 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7144 James B. Davis of TCI. 7145 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7146 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7147 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7148 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7149 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7150 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7151 isn't supported on all compilers. 7152 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7153 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7154 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7155 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7156 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7157 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7158 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7159 (France). 7160 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7161 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7162 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7163 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7164 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7165 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7166 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7167 for different files. 7168 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7169 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7170 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7171 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7172 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7173 changes). 7174 71758.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7176 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7177 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7178 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7179 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7180 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7181 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7182 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7183 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7184 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7185 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7186 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7187 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7188 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7189 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7190 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7191 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7192 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7193 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7194 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7195 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7196 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7197 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7198 results. This could have security implications. 7199 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7200 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7201 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7202 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7203 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7204 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7205 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7206 Elz. 7207 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7208 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7209 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7210 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7211 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7212 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7213 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7214 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7215 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7216 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7217 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7218 domain names are your friends. 7219 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7220 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7221 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7222 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7223 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7224 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7225 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7226 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7227 of TerraNet. 7228 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7229 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7230 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7231 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7232 of WPI. 7233 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7234 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7235 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7236 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7237 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7238 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7239 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7240 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7241 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7242 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7243 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7244 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7245 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7246 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7247 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7248 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7249 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7250 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7251 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7252 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7253 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7254 Infobiogen (France). 7255 NEW FILES: 7256 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7258 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7259 72608.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7261 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7262 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7263 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7264 Global Communications. 7265 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7266 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7267 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7268 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7269 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7270 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7271 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7272 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7273 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7274 can be confusing. 7275 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7276 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7277 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7278 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7279 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7280 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7281 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7282 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7283 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7284 Maryland. 7285 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7286 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7287 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7288 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7289 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7290 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7291 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7292 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7293 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7294 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7295 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7296 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7297 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7298 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7299 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7300 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7301 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7302 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7303 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7304 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7305 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7306 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7307 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7308 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7309 Swarthmore University. 7310 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7311 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7312 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7313 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7314 ruleset. 7315 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7316 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7317 -d debug flag. 7318 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7319 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7320 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7321 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7322 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7323 and the parsed address. 7324 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7325 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7326 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7327 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7328 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7329 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7330 recipients. 7331 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7332 return the result. 7333 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7334 `mapname' and return the result. 7335 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7336 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7337 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7338 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7339 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7340 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7341 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7342 that functionality. 7343 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7344 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7345 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7346 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7347 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7348 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7349 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7350 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7351 of Michigan Technological University. 7352 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7353 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7354 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7355 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7356 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7357 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7358 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7359 or not. 7360 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7361 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7362 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7363 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7364 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7365 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7366 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7367 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7368 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7369 should have minimal impact on external function. 7370 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7371 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7372 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7373 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7374 7 SevenBitInput 7375 8 EightBitMode 7376 A AliasFile 7377 a AliasWait 7378 B BlankSub 7379 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7380 C CheckpointInterval 7381 c HoldExpensive 7382 D AutoRebuildAliases 7383 d DeliveryMode 7384 E ErrorHeader 7385 e ErrorMode 7386 f SaveFromLine 7387 F TempFileMode 7388 G MatchGECOS 7389 H HelpFile 7390 h MaxHopCount 7391 i IgnoreDots 7392 I ResolverOptions 7393 J ForwardPath 7394 j SendMimeErrors 7395 k ConnectionCacheSize 7396 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7397 L LogLevel 7398 l UseErrorsTo 7399 m MeToo 7400 n CheckAliases 7401 O DaemonPortOptions 7402 o OldStyleHeaders 7403 P PostmasterCopy 7404 p PrivacyOptions 7405 Q QueueDirectory 7406 q QueueFactor 7407 R DontPruneRoutes 7408 r, T Timeout 7409 S StatusFile 7410 s SuperSafe 7411 t TimeZoneSpec 7412 u DefaultUser 7413 U UserDatabaseSpec 7414 V FallbackMXHost 7415 v Verbose 7416 w TryNullMXList 7417 x QueueLA 7418 X RefuseLA 7419 Y ForkEachJob 7420 y RecipientFactor 7421 z ClassFactor 7422 Z RetryFactor 7423 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7424 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7425 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7426 $l UnixFromLine 7427 $o OperatorChars 7428 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7429 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7430 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7431 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7432 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7433 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7434 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7435 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7436 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7437 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7438 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7439 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7440 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7441 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7442 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7443 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7444 A Addresses are aliasable. 7445 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7446 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7447 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7448 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7449 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7450 recipient mailer flags. 7451 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7452 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7453 delivery. 7454 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7455 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7456 : Check for :include: on this address. 7457 | Check for |program on this address. 7458 / Check for /file on this address. 7459 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7460 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7461 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7462 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7463 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7464 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7465 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7466 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7467 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7468 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7469 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7470 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7471 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7472 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7473 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7474 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7475 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7476 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7477 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7478 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7479 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7480 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7481 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7482 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7483 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7484 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7485 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7486 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7487 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7488 flag is ignored. 7489 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7490 the setting of F=8. 7491 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7492 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7493 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7494 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7495 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7496 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7497 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7498 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7499 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7500 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7501 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7502 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7503 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7504 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7505 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7506 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7507 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7508 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7509 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7510 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7511 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7512 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7513 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7514 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7515 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7516 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7517 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7518 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7519 Unicom. 7520 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7521 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7522 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7523 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7524 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7525 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7526 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7527 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7528 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7529 from Chip Rosenthal. 7530 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7531 For example, 7532 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7533 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7534 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7535 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7536 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7537 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7538 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7539 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7540 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7541 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7542 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7543 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7544 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7545 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7546 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7547 contribution was to make it configurable). 7548 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7549 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7550 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7551 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7552 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7553 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7554 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7555 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7556 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7557 I/O redirection. 7558 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7559 can be confusing. 7560 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7561 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7562 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7563 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7564 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7565 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7566 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7567 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7568 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7569 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7570 queue-only. 7571 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7572 :include: and .forward files. 7573 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7574 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7575 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7576 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7577 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7578 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7579 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7580 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7581 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7582 Sun Microsystems. 7583 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7584 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7585 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7586 Hutton of Indiana University. 7587 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7588 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7589 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7590 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7591 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7592 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7593 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7594 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7595 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7596 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7597 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7598 as comments. 7599 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7600 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7601 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7602 are from sysexits.h. 7603 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7604 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7605 Kmap1 ... 7606 Kmap2 ... 7607 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 7608 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 7609 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 7610 map2 is searched and the value returned. 7611 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 7612 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 7613 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 7614 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 7615 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 7616 For example, if the declaration of the map is 7617 Ksample switch hosts 7618 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 7619 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 7620 equivalent to 7621 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 7622 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 7623 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 7624 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 7625 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 7626 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 7627 the -m (matchonly) flag. 7628 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 7629 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 7630 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 7631 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 7632 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 7633 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 7634 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 7635 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 7636 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 7637 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 7638 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 7639 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 7640 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 7641 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 7642 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 7643 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 7644 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 7645 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 7646 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 7647 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 7648 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 7649 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 7650 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 7651 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 7652 an /etc/hosts entry reads 7653 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 7654 this change will use the second name as the canonical 7655 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 7656 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 7657 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 7658 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 7659 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 7660 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 7661 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 7662 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 7663 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 7664 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 7665 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 7666 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 7667 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 7668 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 7669 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 7670 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 7671 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7672 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 7673 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 7674 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 7675 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 7676 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 7677 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 7678 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 7679 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 7680 much longer than the specified timeout. 7681 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 7682 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 7683 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 7684 denial-of-service attack. 7685 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 7686 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 7687 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7688 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 7689 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 7690 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 7691 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 7692 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 7693 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 7694 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 7695 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 7696 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 7697 actually file lookups. 7698 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 7699 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 7700 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 7701 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 7702 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 7703 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 7704 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 7705 support for them has been removed. 7706 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 7707 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 7708 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 7709 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 7710 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 7711 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 7712 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 7713 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 7714 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 7715 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 7716 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 7717 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 7718 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 7719 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 7720 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 7721 also improves the connection cache utilization. 7722 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 7723 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 7724 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 7725 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 7726 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 7727 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 7728 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 7729 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 7730 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 7731 Microsystems. 7732 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 7733 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 7734 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 7735 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 7736 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 7737 option can give the network software time to establish 7738 the link. The default units are seconds. 7739 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 7740 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 7741 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 7742 Defense Information Systems Agency. 7743 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 7744 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 7745 the National Computer Security Center. 7746 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 7747 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 7748 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 7749 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 7750 the mailprio scripts (see below). 7751 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 7752 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 7753 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 7754 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 7755 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 7756 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 7757 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 7758 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 7759 University Computing Service. 7760 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 7761 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 7762 the University of Kentucky. 7763 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 7764 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 7765 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 7766 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 7767 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 7768 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 7769 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 7770 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 7771 Corporation. 7772 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 7773 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 7774 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 7775 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 7776 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 7777 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 7778 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 7779 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 7780 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 7781 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 7782 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 7783 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 7784 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 7785 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 7786 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 7787 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 7788 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 7789 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 7790 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 7791 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 7792 Communications. 7793 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 7794 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 7795 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 7796 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 7797 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 7798 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 7799 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 7800 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 7801 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 7802 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 7803 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 7804 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7805 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 7806 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 7807 on values: 7808 None Leave the message as is. The 7809 message will be passed on even 7810 though it is in technically 7811 illegal syntax. 7812 Add-To Add a To: header with any 7813 recipients that it can find from 7814 the envelope. This risks exposing 7815 Bcc: recipients. 7816 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 7817 has almost no redeeming social value, 7818 and is provided only for back 7819 compatibility. 7820 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 7821 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 7822 which will have the effect of 7823 making the message legal without 7824 exposing Bcc: recipients. 7825 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 7826 There is a chance that mailers down 7827 the line will delete this header, 7828 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 7829 recipients. 7830 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 7831 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 7832 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 7833 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 7834 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 7835 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 7836 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 7837 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 7838 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 7839 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 7840 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 7841 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 7842 For example, if you run with 7843 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 7844 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 7845 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 7846 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 7847 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 7848 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 7849 entries. For example, given the aliases: 7850 list: member1 7851 list: member2 7852 and an alias file declared as: 7853 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 7854 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 7855 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 7856 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7857 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 7858 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 7859 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 7860 Johannesen. 7861 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 7862 to be simpler and more consistent. 7863 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 7864 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 7865 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 7866 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7867 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 7868 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 7869 This may affect some people who have written their own 7870 checkcompat() routine. 7871 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 7872 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 7873 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 7874 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 7875 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 7876 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 7877 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 7878 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 7879 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 7880 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 7881 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 7882 Corporation. 7883 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 7884 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 7885 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 7886 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 7887 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 7888 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 7889 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 7890 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 7891 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 7892 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 7893 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 7894 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 7895 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 7896 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 7897 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 7898 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 7899 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 7900 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 7901 the header. 7902 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7903 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 7904 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 7905 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 7906 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 7907 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 7908 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 7909 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 7910 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 7911 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 7912 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 7913 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 7914 is added between the first and second word of the first 7915 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 7916 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 7917 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 7918 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 7919 old sendmails understand. 7920 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 7921 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 7922 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 7923 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 7924 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 7925 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 7926 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7927 data -- for example, 7928 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7929 (romanized/less information) 7930 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7931 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7932 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7933 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7934 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7935 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7936 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7937 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7938 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7939 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7940 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7941 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7942 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7943 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7944 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7945 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7946 increment on the background value). 7947 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7948 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7949 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7950 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7951 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7952 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7953 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7954 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7955 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7956 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7957 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7958 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7959 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7960 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7961 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7962 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7963 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7964 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7965 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7966 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7967 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7968 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7969 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7970 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7971 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7972 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7973 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7974 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7975 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7976 service type is "files". 7977 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7978 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7979 into class "c". 7980 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7981 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7982 contributed by SunSoft. 7983 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7984 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7985 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7986 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7987 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7988 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7989 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7990 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7991 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7992 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7993 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7994 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7995 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7996 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7997 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7998 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7999 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 8000 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 8001 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 8002 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 8003 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 8004 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 8005 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 8006 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 8007 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 8008 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 8009 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 8010 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 8011 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 8012 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 8013 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 8014 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 8015 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 8016 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 8017 flags. 8018 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 8019 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 8020 Motonori Nakamura. 8021 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 8022 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 8023 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 8024 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 8025 of MIT. 8026 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 8027 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 8028 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 8029 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 8030 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 8031 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 8032 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 8033 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 8034 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 8035 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 8036 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 8037 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 8038 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 8039 the make. 8040 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 8041 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 8042 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 8043 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 8044 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 8045 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 8046 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8047 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8048 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8049 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8050 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8051 of Sun Microsystems. 8052 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8053 is at least 50% faster. 8054 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8055 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8056 University. 8057 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8058 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8059 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8060 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8061 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8062 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8063 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8064 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8065 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8066 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8067 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8068 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8069 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8070 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8071 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8072 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8073 Carnegie Mellon. 8074 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8075 support. 8076 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8077 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8078 Global Information Solutions. 8079 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8080 From Motonori Nakamura. 8081 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8082 Motonori Nakamura. 8083 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8084 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8085 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8086 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8087 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8088 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8089 James of British Telecom. 8090 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8091 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8092 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8093 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8094 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8095 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8096 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8097 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8098 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8099 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8100 a bad guy can read your private files. 8101 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8102 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8103 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8104 University. This expands the disk size 8105 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8106 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8107 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8108 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8109 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8110 Linux Makefile typo. 8111 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8112 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8113 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8114 University, Chico. 8115 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8116 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8117 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8118 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8119 This requires adaptation of code that really 8120 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8121 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8122 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8123 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8124 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8125 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8126 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8127 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8128 problems. 8129 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8130 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8131 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8132 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8133 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8134 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8135 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8136 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8137 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8138 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8139 Wemm of DIALix. 8140 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8141 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8142 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8143 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8144 of Ohio State University. 8145 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8146 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8147 University. 8148 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8149 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8150 Mainz. 8151 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8152 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8153 wrong statfs call). 8154 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8155 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8156 University. 8157 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8158 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8159 Rochester Medical Center. 8160 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8161 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8162 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8163 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8164 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8165 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8166 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8167 Division. 8168 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8169 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8170 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8171 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8172 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8173 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8174 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8175 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8176 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8177 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8178 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8179 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8180 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8181 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8182 of Meteo France. 8183 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8184 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8185 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8186 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8187 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8188 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8189 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8190 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8191 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8192 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8193 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8194 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8195 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8196 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8197 of Colorado. 8198 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8199 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8200 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8201 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8202 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8203 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8204 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8205 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8206 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8207 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8208 giving the local administrator more control over what 8209 programs can be run from sendmail. 8210 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8211 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8212 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8213 never will. 8214 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8215 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8216 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8217 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8218 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8219 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8220 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8221 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8222 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8223 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8224 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8225 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8226 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8227 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8228 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8229 or 8230 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8231 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8232 can use: 8233 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8234 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8235 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8236 compatibility. 8237 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8238 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8239 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8240 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8241 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8242 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8243 County. 8244 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8245 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8246 just unqualified ones. 8247 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8248 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8249 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8250 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8251 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8252 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8253 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8254 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8255 centralized hub. 8256 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8257 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8258 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8259 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8260 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8261 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8262 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8263 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8264 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8265 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8266 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8267 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8268 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8269 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8270 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8271 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8272 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8273 but it is a no-op. 8274 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8275 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8276 as User Unknown. 8277 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8278 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8279 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8280 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8281 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8282 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8283 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8284 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8285 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8286 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8287 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8288 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8289 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8290 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8291 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8292 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8293 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8294 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8295 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8296 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8297 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8298 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8299 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8300 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8301 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8302 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8303 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8304 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8305 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8306 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8307 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8308 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8309 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8310 assumed. 8311 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8312 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8313 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8314 Information Systems Agency. 8315 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8316 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8317 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8318 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8319 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8320 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8321 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8322 that really can be used in the real world. 8323 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8324 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8325 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8326 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8327 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8328 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8329 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8330 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8331 by Scott Hutton. 8332 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8333 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8334 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8335 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8336 people. 8337 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8338 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8339 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8340 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8341 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8342 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8343 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8344 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8345 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8346 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8347 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8348 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8349 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8350 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8351 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8352 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8353 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8354 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8355 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8356 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8357 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8358 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8359 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8360 by Kimmo Suominen. 8361 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8362 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8363 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8364 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8365 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8366 NEW FILES: 8367 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8368 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8369 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8370 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8371 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8372 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8373 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8374 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8375 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8376 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8377 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8378 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8379 cf/domain/generic.m4 8380 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8381 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8382 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8383 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8384 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8385 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8386 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8387 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8388 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8389 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8390 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8391 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8392 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8393 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8394 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8395 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8396 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8397 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8398 contrib/bsdi.mc 8399 contrib/mailprio 8400 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8401 mail.local/mail.local.0 8402 makemap/makemap.0 8403 smrsh/README 8404 smrsh/smrsh.0 8405 smrsh/smrsh.8 8406 smrsh/smrsh.c 8407 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8408 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8409 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8410 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8411 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8412 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8413 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8414 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8415 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8416 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8417 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8418 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8419 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8420 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8421 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8422 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8423 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8424 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8425 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8426 src/aliases.0 8427 src/mailq.0 8428 src/mime.c 8429 src/newaliases.0 8430 src/sendmail.0 8431 test/t_seteuid.c 8432 RENAMED FILES: 8433 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8434 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8435 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8436 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8437 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8438 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8439 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8440 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8441 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8442 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8443 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8444 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8445 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8446 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8447 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8448 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8449 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8450 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8451 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8452 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8453 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8454 OBSOLETED FILES: 8455 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8456 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8457 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8458 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8459 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8460 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8461 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8462 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8463 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8464 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8465 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8466 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8467 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8468 84698.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8470 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8471 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8472 any user (except root). 8473 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8474 version number is unchanged. 8475 84768.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8477 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8478 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8479 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8480 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8481 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8482 each other!). 8483 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8484 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8485 than fork(). 8486 84878.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8488 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8489 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8490 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8491 message when attempted from IDENT. 8492 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8493 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8494 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8495 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8496 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8497 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8498 partial lines. 8499 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8500 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8501 Rob McMahon. 8502 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8503 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8504 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8505 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8506 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8507 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8508 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8509 Novell Labs Europe. 8510 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8511 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8512 Cal State Chico. 8513 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8514 *Hobbit*. 8515 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8516 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8517 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8518 from Spider Boardman. 8519 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8520 with the binaries). 8521 85228.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8523 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8524 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8525 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8526 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8527 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8528 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8529 implications. 8530 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8531 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8532 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8533 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8534 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8535 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8536 University of Texas. 8537 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8538 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8539 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8540 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8541 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8542 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8543 Data General. 8544 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8545 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8546 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8547 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8548 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8549 with a lot of arguments). 8550 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8551 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8552 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8553 Michigan. 8554 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8555 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8556 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8557 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8558 Thibault. 8559 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8560 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8561 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8562 some of the map code. 8563 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8564 with the binaries). 8565 85668.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8567 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8568 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8569 may have some security implications. 8570 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8571 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8572 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8573 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8574 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8575 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8576 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8577 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8578 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8579 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8580 option. 8581 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8582 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8583 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8584 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8585 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8586 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8587 Rochester. 8588 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8589 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8590 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8591 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8592 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8593 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8594 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8595 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8596 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8597 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8598 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8599 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8600 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8601 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8602 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8603 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8604 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8605 messages. 8606 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8607 message to explain how much space was available and 8608 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 8609 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 8610 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 8611 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 8612 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 8613 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 8614 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 8615 moves things more towards what will probably become a 8616 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 8617 Kapor Enterprises. 8618 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 8619 without recompiling. 8620 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 8621 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 8622 purely cosmetic. 8623 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 8624 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 8625 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 8626 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 8627 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 8628 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 8629 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 8630 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 8631 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 8632 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 8633 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 8634 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 8635 Wolfhugel. 8636 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 8637 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 8638 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 8639 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 8640 refused" response, and that the connection can be 8641 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 8642 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 8643 size around and can never start listening to connections 8644 again. The down side is that someone could start up 8645 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 8646 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 8647 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 8648 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 8649 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 8650 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 8651 implications. 8652 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 8653 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 8654 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 8655 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 8656 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 8657 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 8658 doc directory. This includes some additional 8659 information. 8660 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 8661 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 8662 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 8663 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 8664 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 8665 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 8666 loop the mail, which was bad news. 8667 Portability fixes: 8668 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 8669 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8670 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 8671 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 8672 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8673 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 8674 Newcastle upon Tyne. 8675 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 8676 Corporation. 8677 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 8678 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 8679 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8680 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 8681 New Files: 8682 src/Makefile.CLIX 8683 src/Makefile.NCR3000 8684 doc/changes/Makefile 8685 doc/changes/changes.me 8686 doc/changes/changes.ps 8687 86888.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 8689 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 8690 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 8691 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 8692 86938.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 8694 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 8695 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 8696 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 8697 list. 8698 86998.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 8700 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 8701 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 8702 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 8703 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 8704 valid shell. 8705 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 8706 in the connection cache for a long time under some 8707 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 8708 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 8709 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 8710 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 8711 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 8712 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 8713 from a local user to another local user. From 8714 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8715 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 8716 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 8717 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8718 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 8719 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 8720 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 8721 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 8722 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 8723 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 8724 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 8725 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 8726 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 8727 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 8728 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 8729 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 8730 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 8731 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 8732 BSD-like system. 8733 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 8734 protocol entirely. 8735 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 8736 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 8737 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 8738 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 8739 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 8740 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 8741 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 8742 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 8743 files. 8744 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 8745 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 8746 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 8747 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 8748 of CMU. 8749 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 8750 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 8751 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 8752 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 8753 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 8754 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 8755 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 8756 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 8757 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 8758 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 8759 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 8760 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 8761 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 8762 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 8763 security implications. Suggested by several people. 8764 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 8765 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 8766 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 8767 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 8768 Motonori Nakamura. 8769 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 8770 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 8771 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 8772 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 8773 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 8774 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 8775 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8776 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 8777 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 8778 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 8779 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 8780 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 8781 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 8782 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 8783 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 8784 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 8785 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 8786 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 8787 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 8788 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 8789 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8790 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 8791 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 8792 didn't see the class items being added. 8793 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 8794 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 8795 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 8796 Rutgers. 8797 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 8798 but sets h_errno to a success value. 8799 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 8800 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 8801 address specified in the P option). This fix should 8802 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 8803 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 8804 the problem myself. 8805 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 8806 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 8807 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 8808 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 8809 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 8810 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 8811 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 8812 UUNET. 8813 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 8814 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 8815 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 8816 John Oleynick. 8817 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 8818 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 8819 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 8820 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 8821 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 8822 Nakamura. 8823 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 8824 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 8825 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 8826 University of Washington. 8827 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 8828 don't have an ``=value'' part. 8829 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 8830 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 8831 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 8832 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 8833 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 8834 of Cambridge University. 8835 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 8836 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 8837 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 8838 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 8839 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 8840 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 8841 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 8842 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 8843 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 8844 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 8845 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 8846 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 8847 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 8848 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 8849 a chance. 8850 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 8851 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 8852 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 8853 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 8854 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 8855 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 8856 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 8857 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 8858 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 8859 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 8860 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 8861 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 8862 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 8863 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 8864 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 8865 size for various mailers. 8866 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 8867 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 8868 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8869 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 8870 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 8871 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 8872 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 8873 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 8874 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 8875 system. 8876 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 8877 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 8878 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 8879 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 8880 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 8881 Michel of Thomson CSF. 8882 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 8883 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 8884 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 8885 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 8886 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 8887 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 8888 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 8889 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 8890 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 8891 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 8892 University of Sydney. 8893 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 8894 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 8895 This is because of the known bug where definition of 8896 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 8897 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 8898 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 8899 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 8900 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 8901 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 8902 Suominen. 8903 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 8904 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 8905 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 8906 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 8907 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 8908 Suominen. 8909 Portability fixes: 8910 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 8911 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 8912 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 8913 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 8914 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 8915 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8916 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 8917 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 8918 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 8919 NEW FILES: 8920 src/Makefile.DomainOS 8921 src/Makefile.PTX 8922 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 8923 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 8924 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8925 src/mailq.1 8926 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8927 doc/op/Makefile 8928 doc/intro/Makefile 8929 doc/usenix/Makefile 8930 89318.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8932 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8933 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8934 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8935 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8936 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8937 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8938 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8939 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8940 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8941 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8942 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8943 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8944 Christian Wettergren. 8945 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8946 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8947 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8948 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8949 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8950 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8951 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8952 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8953 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8954 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8955 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8956 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8957 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8958 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8959 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8960 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8961 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8962 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8963 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8964 connection to create problems on the current job. 8965 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8966 the wrong place. 8967 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8968 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8969 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8970 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8971 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8972 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8973 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8974 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8975 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8976 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8977 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8978 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8979 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8980 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8981 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8982 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8983 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8984 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8985 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8986 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8987 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8988 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8989 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8990 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8991 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8992 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8993 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8994 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8995 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8996 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8997 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8998 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8999 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 9000 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 9001 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 9002 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 9003 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 9004 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 9005 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 9006 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 9007 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 9008 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 9009 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 9010 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 9011 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 9012 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 9013 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 9014 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 9015 dot convention. 9016 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 9017 of from a clean exit. 9018 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 9019 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 9020 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 9021 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 9022 as the subject of an error message, even though the 9023 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 9024 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 9025 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 9026 Jones of UUNET. 9027 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 9028 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 9029 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 9030 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 9031 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 9032 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 9033 says that they should be ignored. 9034 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 9035 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 9036 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 9037 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 9038 is not reentrant. 9039 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 9040 documented in the Bat Book. 9041 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 9042 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 9043 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 9044 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 9045 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 9046 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9047 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9048 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9049 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9050 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9051 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9052 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9053 of Kyoto University. 9054 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9055 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9056 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9057 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9058 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9059 Bryan Costales. 9060 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9061 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9062 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9063 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9064 Nakamura. 9065 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9066 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9067 illegal addresses appearing there). 9068 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9069 BB&N. 9070 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9071 included. 9072 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9073 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9074 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9075 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9076 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9077 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9078 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9079 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9080 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9081 by the other end closing the connection. From 9082 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9083 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9084 to include a host name or other useful information. 9085 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9086 DeMarco. 9087 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9088 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9089 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9090 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9091 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9092 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9093 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9094 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9095 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9096 this properly). 9097 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9098 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9099 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9100 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9101 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9102 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9103 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9104 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9105 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9106 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9107 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9108 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9109 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9110 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9111 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9112 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9113 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9114 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9115 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9116 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9117 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9118 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9119 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9120 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9121 Portability fixes for: 9122 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9123 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9124 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9125 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9126 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9127 of Stoner Associates. 9128 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9129 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9130 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9131 of Maryland. 9132 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9133 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9134 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9135 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9136 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9137 RISC/os. 9138 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9139 at Chico. 9140 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9141 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9142 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9143 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9144 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9145 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9146 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9147 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9148 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9149 addresses when relaying internally. 9150 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9151 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9152 provided by Peter Wemm. 9153 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9154 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9155 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9156 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9157 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9158 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9159 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9160 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9161 names. 9162 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9163 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9164 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9165 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9166 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9167 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9168 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9169 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9170 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9171 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9172 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9173 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9174 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9175 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9176 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9177 of Georgia Tech. 9178 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9179 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9180 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9181 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9182 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9183 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9184 the local name prepended. 9185 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9186 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9187 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9188 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9189 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9190 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9191 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9192 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9193 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9194 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9195 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9196 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9197 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9198 cause some .forward files that have worked 9199 before to start failing. 9200 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9201 NEW FILES: 9202 src/Makefile.DGUX 9203 src/Makefile.Dynix 9204 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9205 src/Makefile.Mach386 9206 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9207 src/Makefile.RISCos 9208 src/Makefile.SCO 9209 src/Makefile.SVR4 9210 src/Makefile.Titan 9211 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9212 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9213 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9214 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9215 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9216 makemap/Makefile.dist 9217 praliases/Makefile.dist 9218 92198.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9220 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9221 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9222 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9223 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9224 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9225 class of attack. 9226 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9227 in a few critical places. 9228 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9229 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9230 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9231 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9232 and High-Energy Physics. 9233 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9234 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9235 Eric Wassenaar. 9236 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9237 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9238 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9239 Wassenaar. 9240 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9241 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9242 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9243 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9244 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9245 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9246 these can have different values depending on which 9247 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9248 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9249 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9250 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9251 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9252 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9253 postmaster" case. 9254 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9255 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9256 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9257 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9258 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9259 Christopher Davis. 9260 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9261 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9262 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9263 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9264 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9265 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9266 92678.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9268 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9269 addresses that get return-receipts. 9270 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9271 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9272 and end up sending the message several times. 9273 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9274 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9275 four hours". 9276 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9277 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9278 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9279 Cornell University Medical College. 9280 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9281 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9282 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9283 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9284 Wassenaar. 9285 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9286 connections fail during message collection. From 9287 Eric Wassenaar. 9288 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9289 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9290 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9291 Stratus. 9292 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9293 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9294 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9295 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9296 by non-root users were not put into 9297 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9298 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9299 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9300 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9301 could get confused as to whether a database was 9302 open or not. 9303 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9304 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9305 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9306 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9307 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9308 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9309 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9310 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9311 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9312 93138.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9314 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9315 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9316 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9317 propagated to the queue file. 9318 93198.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9320 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9321 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9322 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9323 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9324 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9325 header files but don't have the syscall. 9326 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9327 if trymx == FALSE. 9328 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9329 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9330 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9331 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9332 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9333 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9334 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9335 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9336 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9337 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9338 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9339 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9340 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9341 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9342 Kanbe. 9343 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9344 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9345 Wisner of The Well. 9346 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9347 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9348 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9349 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9350 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9351 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9352 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9353 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9354 read permission. 9355 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9356 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9357 MX suppression will still work. 9358 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9359 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9360 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9361 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9362 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9363 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9364 Nakamura. 9365 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9366 "CX $Z" works. 9367 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9368 trying to send the original message if the connection 9369 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9370 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9371 by John Myers of CMU. 9372 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9373 term bug. 9374 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9375 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9376 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9377 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9378 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9379 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9380 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9381 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9382 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9383 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9384 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9385 level. 9386 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9387 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9388 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9389 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9390 address. 9391 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9392 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9393 Harvey Mudd College. 9394 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9395 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9396 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9397 their full name information. 9398 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9399 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9400 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9401 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9402 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9403 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9404 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9405 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9406 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9407 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9408 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9409 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9410 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9411 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9412 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9413 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9414 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9415 names. 9416 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9417 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9418 helpful. 9419 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9420 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9421 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9422 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9423 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9424 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9425 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9426 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9427 that claims to be itself works properly. 9428 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9429 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9430 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9431 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9432 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9433 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9434 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9435 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9436 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9437 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9438 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9439 scratch. 9440 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9441 true address to still send to the original address 9442 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9443 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9444 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9445 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9446 more trouble than it was worth. 9447 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9448 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9449 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9450 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9451 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9452 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9453 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9454 the queue. 9455 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9456 messages don't come out with stale information. 9457 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9458 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9459 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9460 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9461 Myers of CMU. 9462 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9463 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9464 Corrigan. 9465 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9466 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9467 sender address. 9468 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9469 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9470 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9471 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9472 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9473 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9474 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9475 that does bulk data transfer). 9476 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9477 Amir Plivatsky. 9478 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9479 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9480 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9481 bogus config files that were not caught. 9482 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9483 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9484 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9485 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9486 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9487 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9488 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9489 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9490 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9491 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9492 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9493 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9494 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9495 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9496 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9497 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9498 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9499 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9500 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9501 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9502 Melbourne. 9503 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9504 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9505 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9506 to match regular entries. 9507 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9508 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9509 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9510 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9511 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9512 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9513 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9514 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9515 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9516 messages is the best possible. 9517 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9518 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9519 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9520 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9521 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9522 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9523 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9524 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9525 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9526 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9527 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9528 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9529 on the address. 9530 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9531 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9532 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9533 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9534 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9535 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9536 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9537 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9538 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9539 addresses in any detail. 9540 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9541 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9542 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9543 with an address such as "!foo". 9544 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9545 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9546 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9547 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9548 Bret Marquis. 9549 95508.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9551 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9552 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9553 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9554 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9555 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9556 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9557 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9558 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9559 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9560 Nakamura. 9561 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9562 are no DNS records matching the name. 9563 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9564 original message was received ... from localhost". 9565 The correct original host information is now included. 9566 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9567 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9568 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9569 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9570 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9571 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9572 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9573 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9574 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9575 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9576 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9577 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9578 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9579 95808.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9581 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9582 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9583 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9584 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9585 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9586 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9587 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9588 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9589 are really configuration errors. This option is 9590 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9591 UIUC sendmail. 9592 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9593 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9594 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9595 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9596 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9597 by Neil Rickert. 9598 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9599 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9600 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9601 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9602 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9603 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9604 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9605 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9606 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9607 of dickering with error handling (see below). 9608 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 9609 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 9610 humans. 9611 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 9612 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 9613 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 9614 repaired). 9615 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 9616 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 9617 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 9618 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 9619 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 9620 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 9621 connection rather than sending QUIT. 9622 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 9623 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 9624 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 9625 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 9626 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9627 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 9628 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 9629 core dumps on some machines. 9630 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 9631 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 9632 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 9633 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 9634 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 9635 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 9636 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 9637 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 9638 some true error conditions. 9639 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 9640 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 9641 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 9642 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 9643 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 9644 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 9645 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 9646 by Motonori Nakamura. 9647 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 9648 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 9649 caused error messages to be handled differently during 9650 a queue run than a direct run. 9651 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 9652 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 9653 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 9654 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 9655 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 9656 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 9657 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 9658 restart it. 9659 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 9660 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 9661 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 9662 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 9663 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 9664 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 9665 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 9666 is appropriately functional. 9667 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 9668 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 9669 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 9670 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 9671 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 9672 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 9673 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 9674 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 9675 Technologies. 9676 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 9677 process group id. The original fix was to get around 9678 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 9679 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 9680 different from the process id. I could try to fix 9681 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 9682 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 9683 things. 9684 Portability changes: 9685 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 9686 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 9687 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 9688 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 9689 of Colorado. 9690 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 9691 help other strict ANSI compilers. 9692 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 9693 Corporation. 9694 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 9695 documentation apparently doesn't define 9696 __STDC__ by default). 9697 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 9698 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 9699 Motonori Nakamura. 9700 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 9701 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 9702 several people have made a good argument that this 9703 creates more problems than it solves (although this 9704 may prove painful in the short run). 9705 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 9706 format. 9707 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 9708 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 9709 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 9710 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 9711 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 9712 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 9713 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 9714 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 9715 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 9716 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 9717 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 9718 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 9719 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 9720 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 9721 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 9722 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9723 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 9724 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 9725 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 9726 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 9727 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 9728 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 9729 environments. Ugly as sin. 9730 97318.3/8.3 1993/07/13 9732 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 9733 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 9734 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 9735 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 9736 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 9737 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 9738 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 9739 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 9740 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 9741 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 9742 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 9743 "user friendly". 9744 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 9745 16 bytes/sec. 9746 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 9747 compatibility library. This also adds a new 9748 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 9749 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 9750 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 9751 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 9752 for quick test cases. 9753 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 9754 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 9755 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 9756 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 9757 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 9758 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 9759 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 9760 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 9761 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 9762 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 9763 From Michael Corrigan. 9764 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 9765 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 9766 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9767 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 9768 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 9769 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 9770 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 9771 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 9772 Christophe Wolfhugel. 9773 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 9774 97758.2/8.2 1993/07/11 9776 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 9777 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 9778 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 9779 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 9780 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 9781 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 9782 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 9783 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 9784 from Bill Wisner. 9785 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 9786 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 9787 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 9788 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 9789 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 9790 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 9791 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 9792 match the other flags in that file. 9793 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 9794 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 9795 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 9796 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 9797 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 9798 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 9799 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 9800 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 9801 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 9802 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 9803 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 9804 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 9805 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 9806 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9807 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 9808 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 9809 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 9810 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 9811 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 9812 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 9813 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 9814 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 9815 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 9816 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 9817 the root and directories leading up to your home); 9818 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 9819 be owned by you. 9820 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 9821 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 9822 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 9823 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 9824 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 9825 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 9826 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 9827 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 9828 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 9829 is separate; this is just intended to work around 9830 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 9831 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 9832 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 9833 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 9834 matching without a null it never tries again with a 9835 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 9836 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 9837 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 9838 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 9839 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 9840 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 9841 it adapts. 9842 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 9843 will insert the appropriate full name information; 9844 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 9845 way. 9846 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 9847 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 9848 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 9849 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 9850 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 9851 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 9852 only happen when there has been another error in the 9853 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 9854 by default in conf.h. 9855 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 9856 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 9857 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 9858 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 9859 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 9860 This output is not intended to be particularly human 9861 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 9862 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 9863 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 9864 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 9865 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 9866 See cf/README for an example. 9867 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 9868 sites that don't use the -d flag. 9869 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 9870 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 9871 has been requested by several people, but can break 9872 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 9873 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 9874 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 9875 broken. Use it sparingly. 9876 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 9877 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 9878 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 9879 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 9880 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 9881 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 9882 Bill Wisner of The Well. 9883 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 9884 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 9885 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 9886 98878.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 9888 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 9889 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 9890 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 9891 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 9892 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 9893 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 9894 98958.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 9896 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 9897 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 9898 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 9899 99008.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 9901 Another mailertable fix.... 9902 99038.1/8.1 1993/06/07 9904 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 9905